Amendment No. 1 to Form N-2
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2007

Securities Act Registration No. 333-141090

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 


FORM N-2

Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933

 


Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1

Post-Effective Amendment No. ¨

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 810-5800

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

James R. Maher

Michael B. Lazar

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 


Copies to:

 

Stacy J. Kanter, Esq.   Cynthia M. Krus, Esq.
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.   Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP   1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Four Times Square   Washington, DC 20004
New York, NY 10036  

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 


If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


 


Title of Securities
Being Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
    Amount of
Registration
Fee(2)(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

   $ 1,500,000 (1)   $ 46.05

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion dated April 13, 2007

Preliminary Prospectus

LOGO

            Shares

Common Stock

$             per share

 


We are an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We invest primarily in middle-market companies in the form of senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans, each of which may include an equity component, and by making direct preferred, common and other equity investments in such companies.

We are managed by BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. serves as our administrator.

This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BKCC.”

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our securities. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022, or by calling us at (212) 810-5800. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website at www.sec.gov where such information is available without charge upon written or oral request. Our Internet website address is www.blackrockkelso.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Our shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk is likely to apply to our shares of common stock as well and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $     per share. See “Risks” for more information regarding dilution.

 


Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of the use of leverage. Before buying any shares of our common stock, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in the Company in “Risks” beginning on page 13.

 


     Per share    Total

Public offering price

   $                     $                 

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $                     $                 

Proceeds, to us, before expenses(1)

   $                     $                 

(1) We estimate that we will incur expenses of approximately $         in connection with this offering.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to          additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total price to the public, sales load and proceeds will be $            , $            , and $            , respectively. See “Underwriting.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about             , 2007.

Prospectus dated     , 2007

 


Joint Book Runners

 

JPMorgan   Citigroup   Merrill Lynch & Co.   Wachovia Securities
  Co-Managers  
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.   UBS Investment Bank


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

The Offering

   6

Fees and Expenses

   9

Selected Financial Data

   11

Risks

   13

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   28

Use of Proceeds

   29

Capitalization

   30

Dilution

   31

Distributions

   32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   33

Senior Securities

   42

The Company

   43

Portfolio Companies

   49

Management of the Company

   62

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

   67

Certain Relationships and Transactions

   69

The Advisor

   71

Determination of Net Asset Value

   82

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

   84

Description of Shares

   86

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   89

Regulation

   90

Brokerage Allocations and Other Practices

   94

Tax Matters

   95

Underwriting

   100

Custodian and Transfer Agent

   103

Legal Matters

   103

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   103

Additional Information

   103

Privacy Principles

   104

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risks.” Throughout this prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation as the “Company,” “BlackRock Kelso,” “we,” “us” or “our.”

The Company

We provide middle-market companies with flexible financing solutions, including senior and junior secured, unsecured and subordinated debt securities and loans, and equity securities. Our strategy is to provide capital to meet our clients’ current and future needs across this spectrum, creating long-term partnerships with growing middle-market companies.

We are organized as an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which we refer to as the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which we refer to as the “Code.”

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through our debt and equity investments. We invest primarily in middle-market companies and target investments throughout the capital structure that we believe provide an attractive risk-adjusted return. The term “middle-market” refers to companies with annual revenues typically between $50 million and $1 billion. Our targeted investment typically ranges between $10 million and $50 million, although the investment sizes may be more or less than the targeted range and the size of our investments may grow with our capital availability. We generally seek to invest in companies that operate in a broad variety of industries and that generate positive cash flows.

Although most of our investments are in senior and junior secured, unsecured and subordinated loans to U.S. private middle-market companies, we invest throughout the capital structure, which may include common and preferred equity, options and warrants, credit derivatives, high-yield bonds, distressed debt and other structured securities. We may from time-to-time invest up to 30% of our assets opportunistically in other types of investments, including securities of public companies, foreign securities and real estate related assets.

The senior and junior secured loans in which we invest generally have stated terms of three to ten years and the subordinated debt investments we make generally have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such senior and junior secured loans and subordinated debt is generally between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security in our portfolio. The debt that we invest in typically is not rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation). We may invest without limit in debt of any rating, as well as debt that has not been rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

We commenced operations on July 25, 2005, receiving approximately $529.3 million in total net proceeds from the private placement of 35,366,589 shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share. Since the commencement of our operations, the team of investment professionals of BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC (the “Advisor” or “BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors”), including our senior management, has evaluated more than 600 investment opportunities and completed more than 70 investments on our behalf, aggregating over $1 billion in capital provided to middle-market companies through March 2007.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, our portfolio included investments in 49 portfolio companies with a total value of $757.3 million. The weighted average yield on our total debt portfolio was approximately 12.5% at December 31, 2006. Our largest portfolio company investment by value was approximately $42.2 million and our five largest portfolio company investments by value comprised approximately 25% of our portfolio at December 31, 2006. The following table provides selected financial information as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   For the year ended
December 31, 2006
    For the period from
July 25, 2005 (inception)
to December 31, 2005
 

Net Investment Income

   $ 39,892     $ 6,203  

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain

     1,662       241  

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

     41,555       6,444  

Dividends per Share

     1.15       0.20  

Net Asset Value Per Share at Period End

     14.93       14.95  

Net Asset Value at Period End

     561,800       528,705  

Total Assets at Period End

     766,259       542,226  

Total Investment Portfolio at Period End

     757,331       539,409  

Yield on Long-Term Investments at Period End

     12.5 %     10.7 %

BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors

Our investment activities are managed by the Advisor. The Advisor is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Advisor is led by James R. Maher, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Advisor, and Michael B. Lazar, Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Advisor. They are supported by the Advisor’s team of employees, including 14 investment professionals who have extensive experience in commercial lending, investment banking, accounting, corporate law and private equity investing.

The Advisor has an investment committee comprised of 13 members, including Messrs. Maher and Lazar and several senior executives of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) and several of the principals of Kelso & Company, L.P. (the “Kelso Principals”). The investment committee is responsible for approving our investments. We benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the BlackRock executives and the Kelso Principals serving on the Advisor’s investment committee. Many of the BlackRock senior executives and the Kelso Principals who are members of the investment committee have worked together in a similar capacity since 1998.

Since BlackRock’s founding in 1988 primarily as an institutional fixed income manager, BlackRock has become a premier provider of global investment management, risk management and advisory services to institutional and retail clients. As of December 31, 2006, the assets under management of BlackRock were over $1.1 trillion.

The Kelso Principals have an average tenure of at least fifteen years at Kelso & Company, L.P. (“Kelso”). Kelso is a leading private equity firm and since 1980 has invested over $4.1 billion of private equity capital, primarily in middle-market companies across a broad range of industries and through different economic and interest rate environments. Through our relationship with the Kelso Principals, we have access to these management teams who can provide unique insight into the industries in which they operate. Although the Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee will bring the benefit of the expertise they have gained at Kelso and elsewhere, Kelso as an organization will not participate in the activities of the Advisor or advise us.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Administration

BlackRock, through its subsidiary, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (the “Administrator”), serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. BlackRock oversees our financial records, assists in the preparation of reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and generally monitors the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

Market Opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Middle-market companies have faced increasing difficulty in accessing the capital markets.    While many middle-market companies were formerly able to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds, we believe this approach to financing has become more difficult in recent years as institutional investors have sought to invest in larger, more liquid offerings.

There is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional capital to support private investments.    We believe there is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital available to middle-market companies. We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-market companies and that these private equity firms will seek to supplement their investments with senior and junior debt securities and loans and equity co-investments from other sources, such as us.

Middle-market companies are increasingly seeking private sources for debt and equity capital.    We believe that many middle-market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations.

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle-market business.    We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers.

Competitive Advantages

We believe we possess the following competitive advantages over many other capital providers to middle-market companies:

Demonstrated ability to deploy capital consistent with our investment policies.    Since inception, we have invested in excess of $1 billion across more than 70 portfolio companies and have a portfolio yield of approximately 12% as of February 28, 2007. In 2006, we invested an average of approximately $187 million of gross assets in each quarter.

Proven transaction sourcing strategy.    Since the Advisor’s inception of operations, it has sourced and reviewed more than 600 potential investments and has a proven process through which it has invested in excess of $1 billion on our behalf through March 2007. The Advisor identifies potential investments through its active transaction origination efforts. The origination efforts include calling on financial institutions such as investment banks, commercial banks, specialty finance companies and private equity firms; as well as on advisory firms, trade associations and the owners and managers of middle-market companies with whom its investment

 

 

3


Table of Contents

professionals and investment committee members have relationships. In addition to its investment professionals, senior members of the Advisor’s investment committee have relationships with a large and diverse group of financial intermediaries. We expect that our ability to leverage these relationships will continue to result in the referral of investment opportunities to us and provide us with a competitive advantage.

Access to BlackRock and Kelso Principals’ broad investing capabilities.    Our Advisor’s relationship with BlackRock and the Kelso Principals provides access to extensive expertise across asset classes. The Advisor’s investment committee and its team of dedicated investment professionals have had extensive experience in fixed-income, public equity and private equity investing.

Highly experienced investment committee.    Our investment activities are carried out by BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors and led by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar with guidance from the Advisor’s investment committee. The investment committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock and the Kelso Principals, including BlackRock’s Chief Executive Officer and three other members of its Management Committee. These investment committee members are supported by a team of seasoned investment professionals of the Advisor who possess a broad range of transaction, financial, managerial and investment skills.

Disciplined investment process with focus on preservation of capital.    In making investment decisions, the Advisor employs a disciplined and selective review process that focuses on, among other things, a thorough analysis of the underlying issuer’s business and the performance drivers of that business, as well as an assessment of the legal and economic features of each particular investment.

Cost-effective and high quality infrastructure.    We benefit from the existing infrastructure and administrative capabilities of BlackRock. BlackRock serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. Our relationship with BlackRock grants us access to BlackRock’s fund administration platform which allows for higher quality service and lower cost than traditionally available in the industry and further enhances our returns.

Leverage

We maintain a four-year, multi-currency $400 million senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a group of banks, under which we have approximately $334 million of indebtedness outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. The Credit Facility allows us to increase its size to $1 billion subject to certain conditions. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility is LIBOR plus 87.5 basis points. We expect that our substantial debt capital resources will provide us with the flexibility to take advantage of market opportunities when they arise. See “Risks—Risks related to our business.”

Risks

Investment in our securities involves a number of significant risks relating to our business and our investment objective that you should consider before investing in our common stock.

We are a relatively new company with a limited operating history and are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that our net asset value could decline substantially. A large number of entities and individuals compete for the same kind of investment opportunities as we do. Increased competition would make it more difficult for us to purchase or originate investments at attractive prices. As a result of this competition, sometimes we may be precluded from making otherwise attractive investments.

We borrow funds to make investments. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of borrowing, also known as leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain

 

 

4


Table of Contents

and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. Under the 1940 Act, we may not borrow money unless we maintain asset coverage for indebtedness of at least 200%, which may affect returns to stockholders.

Our Advisor and its affiliates, officers and employees may have certain conflicts of interest. The Advisor, its officers and employees and its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business or of investment funds managed by affiliates of the Advisor. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders.

The potential for the Advisor to earn an incentive fee from time to time under the investment management agreement may create an incentive for the Advisor to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than would otherwise be the case. The allocation of shares of our common stock that the Advisor and its affiliates may receive from some of our investors if certain performance thresholds are achieved also may encourage the Advisor to cause us to invest in riskier investments to achieve these thresholds, which would increase the risk of loss.

A substantial portion of our portfolio of investments is illiquid. Our portfolio includes securities primarily issued by private companies. These investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk; they are illiquid, and may not produce current returns or capital gains. If we were forced to immediately liquidate some or all of the investments in the portfolio, the proceeds of such liquidation could be significantly less than the current value of such investments. We may be required to liquidate some or all of our portfolio investments to meet our debt service obligations.

An economic slowdown may affect the ability of a portfolio company to repay its borrowings or to engage in a liquidity event, which is a transaction that involves the sale or recapitalization of all or part of a portfolio company. These conditions could lead to loss of investment returns and/or financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and assets. Numerous other factors may affect a borrower’s ability to repay its loan, including the failure to meet its business plan, a downturn in its industry or negative economic conditions.

To maintain our status as a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets.

We may not be able to pay dividends and failure to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes could have a material adverse effect on the income available for debt service and distributions to our stockholders, which may have a material adverse effect on our total return to common stockholders, if any.

Also, we are subject to certain risks associated with valuing our portfolio, changing interest rates, accessing additional capital, fluctuating financial results, and operating in a regulated environment.

The market value of our securities may be volatile due to market factors that may be beyond our control.

Company Information

Our administrative and executive offices are located at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022, and our telephone number is (212) 810-5800. Our Internet website address is www.blackrockkelso.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

The Offering

We are offering shares of our common stock at $         per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. We have granted to the Underwriters an over-allotment option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments, if any. The Underwriters will reserve up to                  shares of our common stock for sale to Directors and to employees and other parties related to the Advisor, BlackRock and Kelso.

 

Common Stock Outstanding After this Offering

                             shares.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market Symbol

“BKCC.”

 

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $             million ($             million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share. We intend to use the net proceeds to repay all or a portion of the $334 million of outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility, to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dilution

Assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the initial public offering price will be higher than our as-adjusted pro forma net asset value per share of $            . As a result, investors purchasing stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share. See “Dilution.”

 

Investment Management Agreement

We have entered into an investment management agreement, or the management agreement, with the Advisor, under which the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. For providing these services, the Advisor receives a base management fee from us at an annual rate of 2.0% of our total assets, including any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage, payable quarterly in arrears. The management agreement also provides that the Advisor or its affiliates may be entitled to an incentive fee under certain circumstances. The determination of such an incentive fee will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving no incentive fee payments if returns to our stockholders do not meet an 8.0% annualized rate of return and will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving less than the full amount of the incentive fee percentage until returns to our stockholders exceed an approximate 13.3%

 

 

6


Table of Contents

annualized rate of return. The management agreement provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the

 

Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under that agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. See “The Advisor—Investment management agreement.”

 

Additional Compensation to Affiliates of the Advisor

The Advisor and its affiliates may be entitled to additional compensation from certain of our current investors, if certain performance thresholds are achieved. This compensation would take the form of such investors transferring a portion of their shares in us to the Advisor and its affiliates. See “The Advisor—Additional compensation to affiliates of the Advisor.”

 

Distributions and Tax Status

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to stockholders. Our quarterly dividends are determined by our Board of Directors. To date, we have paid $65.8 million, or $1.77 per share in dividends to stockholders.

 

 

We have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To maintain our RIC status and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters.”

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

PFPC Trust Company, a subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), serves as our Custodian and Transfer Agent. See “Custodian and transfer agent.”

 

Leverage

We borrow funds to make investments. We use this practice, which is known as “leverage,” to attempt to increase returns to our common stockholders. However, leverage involves significant risks. See “Risks.” Under the 1940 Act, we are only generally allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our assessment of market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

 

Trading at a Discount

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. The possibility that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Shares.”

 

 

In addition, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. This structure is intended to provide us with a greater likelihood of continuity of management. A staggered Board of Directors also may serve to deter hostile takeovers or proxy contests, as may certain other measures we have adopted. See “Description of Shares.”

 

Administrator

BlackRock, through our Administrator, serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. BlackRock oversees our financial records, prepares reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, and generally monitors the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Subject to BlackRock’s oversight, PFPC Inc., a subsidiary of PNC, serves as our sub-administrator, accounting agent, investor services agent and transfer agent and provides legal and regulatory support services. Fees and indemnification of the Administrator, PFPC Inc. and PFPC Trust Company were approved by our Board of Directors, including the directors that are not “interested persons.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table will assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

 

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

       % (1)

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

       % (2)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

   None (3)

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

  

 

Estimated Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)

 

Management Fees

       % (4)

Incentive Fees Payable Under the Investment Management Agreement

   0% (5)

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

   0% (6)

Other Expenses

       % (7)

Total Annual Expenses

       % (8)

(1) The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to shares sold in this offering, which are one-time fees to the underwriters in connection with this offering, are the only sales load being paid in connection with this offering.

 

(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $            .

 

(3) You will be charged a $2.50 service charge and pay brokerage charges if you direct the plan agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

(4) Our management fees under the investment management agreement. See “The Advisor—Investment management agreement.”

 

(5) The fee disclosed in the table includes an Incentive Fee earned in 2006 equal to     % of our total assets. However, the Incentive Fee is based on our performance, will vary from year to year and will not be paid unless our performance exceeds certain thresholds. As we cannot predict whether we will meet these thresholds, the Incentive Fee paid in future years, if any, may be substantially different than the fee earned in 2006. For more detailed information about the Incentive Fee, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement” and Note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(6) “Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds” represents interest we paid during 2006 annualized for a full year. Commencing December 6, 2006, we maintained a $225 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). Our average outstanding balance in 2006 during the period that borrowings were outstanding was approximately $81 million. On February 8, 2007, we amended the Credit Facility to allow us to increase commitments up to $1 billion and may increase that amount further following completion of this offering. As a result, our interest payments on borrowed funds as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares may increase.

 

(7) “Other Expenses” include expenses associated with our Board of Directors and administrative expenses, including our compliance with various regulations which apply to us as a public company.

 

(8) The table above expresses our expenses as a percentage of our net assets attributable to our common stock, which equals our total assets less our total liabilities. The table below expresses our expenses as a percentage of our total assets.

 

Estimated Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Total Assets)

 

Management Fees

        %

Incentive Fees Payable under the Investment Management Agreement

   0 %

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

   0 %

Other Expenses

        %

Total Annual Expenses

        %

 

9


Table of Contents

Example

The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $            ) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (1) total net annual expenses of % of net assets attributable to common shares, and (2) a 5% annual return:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Total Expenses Incurred

   $                 $                 $                 $             

This example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.    The example assumes that the estimated “Other Expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. The foregoing table is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The Incentive Fee under the investment management agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an Incentive Fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher.

 

10


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The Statement of Operations, Per Share Data and Balance Sheet Data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 are derived from our financial statements which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Senior Securities” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   Period from
July 25, 2005*
through
December 31,
2005
     (dollar amounts in thousands,
except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data

     

Total Investment Income

   $ 53,892    $ 10,005

Net Expenses:

     

Before Base Management Fee Waiver

     18,314      6,137

After Base Management Fee Waiver(1)

     14,000      3,802

Net Investment Income

     39,892      6,203

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain

     1,662      241

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

     41,555      6,444

Per Share Data:

     

Net Asset Value at Period End

   $ 14.93    $ 14.95

Net Investment Income

     1.09      0.17

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain

     0.04      0.01

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

     1.13      0.18

Dividends Declared

     1.15      0.20

Balance Sheet Data at Period End:

     

Total Assets

   $ 766,259    $ 542,226

Borrowings Outstanding

     164,000      —  

Total Net Assets

     561,800      528,705

Other Data:

     

Total Return(2)

     7.8%      1.0%

Number of Portfolio Companies at Period End

     49      26

Value of Long-Term Investments at Period End(3)

   $ 754,168    $ 137,664

Amount of Investments Sold and Repayments

     138,404      1,022

Weighted Average Yield on Long-Term Investments at Period End(3)(4)

     12.5%      10.7%

* Inception of operations.

 

(1) The Base Management Fee waiver will not be in effect following completion of this offering.

 

(2) Total return is based on the change in net asset value per share and takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with our dividend reinvestment plan. Total return is not annualized. Total return would have been 6.95% for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 0.55% for the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) to December 31, 2005 without the Base Management Fee Waiver.

 

(3) Excludes investments in closed-end funds at December 31, 2005, which we considered temporary.

 

(4) Yields are computed using interest rates and dividend yields at period end and include amortization of loan origination and other upfront fees, original issue discount and market premium or discount, weighted by the amortized cost of the respective investment when averaged.

 

11


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

 

     2006    2005*
     Q4     Q3    Q2    Q1    Q4    Q3
     (dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Total Investment Income

   $ 17,898     $ 15,116    $ 12,145    $ 8,733    $ 6,406    $ 3,599

Net Investment Income

   $ 12,207     $ 11,007    $ 9,997    $ 6,680    $ 4,474    $ 1,729

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)

   $ (356 )   $ 404    $ 1,173    $ 441    $ 172    $ 69

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

   $ 11,852     $ 11,411    $ 11,170    $ 7,121    $ 4,646    $ 1,798

Net Asset Value per Share at the End of the Quarter

   $ 14.93     $ 15.04    $ 15.03    $ 14.95    $ 14.95    $ 15.01

* From July 25, 2005 (inception of operations).

 

12


Table of Contents

RISKS

Before you invest in our shares, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business

We are a relatively new company with a limited operating history.

We commenced operations on July 25, 2005 and therefore have a limited operating history. As a result, we have limited financial information on which you can evaluate our prior performance or an investment in us. We are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with any relatively new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that our net asset value could decline substantially. Immediately following the commencement of our operations, we invested a substantial portion of the net proceeds from the initial private placement of our common stock largely in temporary investments, such as cash equivalents, which earn yields substantially lower than the interest income we expected to receive on our senior and subordinated loans. By December 31, 2006, we had invested substantially all of the net proceeds in senior and subordinated loans and equity securities of our portfolio companies. After repayment of our outstanding indebtedness, we anticipate investing a substantial portion of the remaining net proceeds of this offering in temporary investments, and that it may take us up to three months to reinvest such net proceeds in accordance with our investment objective.

Our investment advisor and its management have limited experience operating under the constraints imposed on us as a BDC.

The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of private or thinly traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. These constraints, among others, may hinder the Advisor’s ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective. The Advisor’s experience operating under these constraints is limited to the period since our inception.

If we are unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business, which will depend, in turn, on the ability of the Advisor to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result largely will be a function of the Advisor’s investment process and, in conjunction with the Administrator, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us.

The members of the investment committee have substantial responsibilities to other clients of the Advisor’s affiliates in addition to their activities on our behalf. The investment professionals dedicated primarily to us may also be required to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These demands on their time may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make in middle-market companies. We compete with other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks,

 

13


Table of Contents

commercial financing companies, insurance companies, high yield investors, hedge funds, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and make investments that meet our investment objectives.

Entrants in our industry compete on several factors, including price, flexibility in transaction structuring, service, reputation, market knowledge and speed in decision-making. We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss. As a result of operating in such a competitive environment, we may make investments that are on better terms to our portfolio companies than what we may have originally anticipated, which may impact our return on these investments.

We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment advisor for our future success, and if our investment advisor is unable to hire and retain qualified personnel or if our investment advisor loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the members of senior management of the Advisor, particularly its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, James R. Maher, and its Chief Operating Officer, Michael B. Lazar, as well as other key personnel for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These employees of the Advisor have critical industry experience and relationships that we rely on to implement our business plan. Our future success depends on the continued service of our Advisor’s senior management team. The departure of any of the members of our Advisor’s senior management or a significant number of the members of its investment team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, we can offer no assurance that BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors will remain our investment advisor, that BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. will remain our administrator or that we will continue to have access to BlackRock’s investment professionals or the Kelso Principals.

There is a risk that we may not make distributions and consequently will be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders of our net investment income and short term capital gains. We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. See “Distributions.” Also, restrictions and provisions in our existing and any future credit facilities may limit our ability to make distributions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we could fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, and we would be subject to corporate-level federal income tax. See “Tax Matters.” We cannot assure you that you will receive distributions at a particular level or at all.

 

14


Table of Contents

Any unrealized losses we experience on our investment portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including our ability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt investments we make, the default rate on such investments, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates, including subordinated loans, senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans and high-yield bonds, and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and tax regulations, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. In addition to the cash yields received on our loans, in some instances, certain loans may also include any of the following: end of term payments, exit fees, balloon payment fees or prepayment fees. The increases in loan balances as a result of contracted payment-in-kind arrangements are included in income for the period in which such PIK interest was received, which is often in advance of receiving cash payment. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash. Any warrants that we receive in connection with our debt investments are generally valued as part of the negotiation process with the particular portfolio company. As a result, a portion of the aggregate purchase price for the debt investments and warrants are allocated to the warrants that we receive. This will generally result in “original issue discount” for tax purposes, which we must recognize as ordinary income, increasing the amounts we are required to distribute to qualify for the federal income tax benefits applicable to RICs. Because such original issue discount income would not be accompanied by cash, we would need to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy such distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy such distribution requirements, we may fail to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC and, thus, could become subject to a corporate-level income tax on all of our income. Other features of the debt instruments that we hold may also cause such instruments to generate original issue discount, resulting in a dividend distribution requirement in excess of current cash received. Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash

 

15


Table of Contents

representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. If we are unable to meet these distribution requirements, we will not qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC or, even if such distribution requirements are satisfied, we may be subject to tax on the amount that is undistributed. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our assets, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements and avoid tax. See “Tax Matters.”

If we incur additional debt, it could increase the risk of investing in our shares.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have outstanding indebtedness pursuant to our Credit Facility in the amount of $334 million. Although we intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay all or a portion of this indebtedness, we expect, in the future, to borrow additional amounts under our Credit Facility and to increase the size of our Credit Facility. Lenders have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our stockholders, and we have granted a security interest in our assets in connection with our borrowings. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds before our stockholders. In addition, borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to decline more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our revenue in excess of interest expense on our borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage. Any decrease in our revenue would cause our net income to decline more than it would have had we not borrowed funds and could negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our common stock. Our ability to service any debt that we incur depends largely on our financial performance and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, and we may not be able to make distributions.

Illustration.    The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing below. The calculation is based on our level of borrowing at December 31, 2006, which represented borrowings equal to 21% of our total assets. On such date, we also had $766 million in total assets; an average cost of funds of 6.64%; $164 million in debt outstanding, and $562 million of total net assets. In order to compute the “Corresponding Return to Common Stockholders,” the “Assumed Return on Portfolio (Net of Expenses Other than Interest)” is multiplied by the total value of our assets at December 31, 2006 to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, the interest expense calculated by multiplying the interest rate of 6.64% times the $164 million debt is subtracted to determine the return available to stockholders. The return available to stockholders is then divided by the total value of our net assets at December 31, 2006 to determine the “Corresponding Return to Common Stockholders.” Actual interest payments may be different.

 

Assumed Return on our Portfolio (Net of Expenses Other than Interest)

   -10%     -5%     0%     5%     10%  

Corresponding Return to Common Stockholders

   -15.6 %   -8.8 %   -1.9 %   4.9 %   11.7 %

The total return on our shares of common stock is comprised of two elements: the distributions we pay on our common stock (the amount of which is largely determined by our net investment income after paying interest or dividends on any senior securities we have outstanding and our operating expenses) and gains or losses on the

 

16


Table of Contents

value of our investments. As required by SEC rules, the table above assumes that we are more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, we must assume that the income we receive on our investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of our investments.

The table also assumes that we will maintain a constant level of leverage. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay all or a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. Thereafter, the amount of leverage that we use will vary from time to time.

Our use of borrowed funds to make investments exposes us to risks typically associated with leverage.

We borrow money and may issue debt securities or preferred stock to leverage our capital structure. As a result:

 

   

our common shares are exposed to incremental risk of loss; therefore, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common shares than if we did not use leverage;

 

   

adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;

 

   

our ability to pay dividends on our common shares will be restricted if our asset coverage ratio is not at least 200% and any amounts used to service indebtedness or preferred stock would not be available for such dividends;

 

   

such securities are governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility;

 

   

we, and indirectly our stockholders, bear the cost of issuing and paying interest or dividends on such securities; and

 

   

any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares.

Because we will distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will continue to need additional capital to finance our growth.

We have elected to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we can meet certain requirements, including source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to qualify as a BDC, we will continue to qualify to be a RIC under the Code and will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. This requirement limits the amount that we may borrow. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent us from incurring debt and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. While we expect to be able to borrow and to issue additional debt and equity securities, we cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. In addition, as a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue equity securities priced below net asset value without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decline.

Our Board of Directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our Board of Directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent

 

17


Table of Contents

stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects could adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

Our investment advisor and its affiliates, officers and employees have certain conflicts of interest.

The Advisor, its officers and employees and its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business or of investment funds managed by affiliates of the Advisor. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders.

We may not replicate the success of BlackRock or Kelso.

We are not managed by either BlackRock or Kelso. Our investment strategies differ from those of BlackRock, the Kelso Principals or their respective affiliates. We would not generally be permitted to invest in any private company in which BlackRock, Kelso, or any of their affiliates, holds an existing investment, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. This may adversely affect the pace at which we make investments. We can provide no assurance that we will replicate the historical or future performance of BlackRock’s or Kelso’s investments and our investment returns may be substantially lower than the returns achieved by those firms. As a BDC, we are subject to certain investment restrictions that do not apply to BlackRock or Kelso.

The Incentive Fee and certain other compensation payable to our investment advisor may increase risks.

The potential for the Advisor to earn an Incentive Fee from time to time under the management agreement may create an incentive for the Advisor to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than would otherwise be the case. The way in which the amount of the Incentive Fee is determined, which is calculated as a percentage of distributions on our common shares, may encourage the Advisor to use leverage in an effort to increase the return on our investments. If the Advisor acquires poorly performing assets with such leverage, the loss to holders of our common shares could be substantial. Finally, because a portion of the Incentive Fee is likely to reflect interest and dividend income and is calculated on an accrual basis regardless of whether we have received a cash payment of such interest or dividends, the Advisor might have an incentive to invest in zero coupon or deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the Incentive Fee even when the issuers thereof would not be able to make cash payments on such securities. The foregoing risks could be increased because the Advisor is not obligated to reimburse us for any Incentive Fee received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash income that was previously accrued. The allocation of shares of our common stock that the Advisor and its affiliates may receive from some of our investors if certain performance thresholds are achieved also may encourage the Advisor to cause us to invest in riskier investments to achieve these thresholds, which would increase the risk of loss.

A substantial portion of our portfolio investments is recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors and, as a result, there is uncertainty regarding the value of our portfolio investments.

Our debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith, by or under the direction of, our Board of Directors. Because there is not a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of our Board of Directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may utilize the services of one or more independent valuation firms to aid it in determining the fair value of these investments. The types of factors that we may take

 

18


Table of Contents

into account in determining the fair value of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Risks related to our investments

Our investments may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We invest primarily in middle-market companies in the form of senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans, each of which may include an equity component, and by making direct preferred, common and other equity investments in such companies.

Risks Associated with Middle-market Companies.    Investment in private middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

 

   

these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral;

 

   

they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the portfolio company and, in turn, on us; and

 

   

they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.

Little public information exists about these companies. The greater difficulty in making a fully informed investment decision raises the risk of misjudging the credit quality of the company and we may lose money on our investments.

Lower Credit Quality Obligations.    Most of our debt investments are likely to be in lower grade obligations. The lower grade investments in which we invest may be rated below investment grade by one or more nationally-recognized statistical rating agencies at the time of investment or may be unrated but determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The debt that we invest in typically is not rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation). We may invest without limit in debt of any rating, as well as debt that has not been rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Investment in lower grade investments involves a substantial risk of loss. Lower grade securities or comparable unrated securities are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and principal and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and

 

19


Table of Contents

business developments. The market values for lower grade debt tend to be very volatile and are less liquid than investment grade securities. For these reasons, your investment in our company is subject to the following specific risks:

 

   

increased price sensitivity to a deteriorating economic environment;

 

   

greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality;

 

   

adverse company specific events are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and

 

   

if a negative perception of the lower grade debt market develops, the price and liquidity of lower grade securities may be depressed. This negative perception could last for a significant period of time.

Adverse changes in economic conditions are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of a lower grade issuer to make principal payments and interest payments than an investment grade issuer. The principal amount of lower grade securities outstanding has proliferated in the past decade as an increasing number of issuers have used lower grade securities for corporate financing. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Similarly, downturns in profitability in specific industries could adversely affect the ability of lower grade issuers in that industry to meet their obligations. The market values of lower grade debt tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher quality investments, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of lower grade debt may have an adverse effect on our net asset value and the market value of our common shares. In addition, we may incur additional expenses to the extent we are required to seek recovery upon a default in payment of principal of or interest on our portfolio holdings. In certain circumstances, we may be required to foreclose on an issuer’s assets and take possession of its property or operations. In such circumstances, we would incur additional costs in disposing of such assets and potential liabilities from operating any business acquired.

The secondary market for lower grade debt may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated debt, a factor which may have an adverse effect on our ability to dispose of a particular instrument. There are fewer dealers in the market for lower grade securities than investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger than higher quality instruments. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for lower grade debt could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and these instruments may become highly illiquid. As a result, we could find it more difficult to sell these instruments or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such instruments were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating our net asset value.

Since investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with lower grade debt of the type in which we may invest a portion of our assets, the yields and prices of such debt may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher rated instruments. In the lower quality segments of the fixed income markets, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the income securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

Distressed Debt Securities Risk.    At times, distressed debt obligations may not produce income and may require us to bear certain extraordinary expenses (including legal, accounting, valuation and transaction expenses) in order to protect and recover our investment. Therefore, to the extent we invest in distressed debt, our ability to achieve current income for our stockholders may be diminished. We also will be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the distressed debt we invest in will eventually be satisfied (e.g., through a liquidation of the obligor’s assets, an exchange offer or plan of reorganization involving the distressed debt securities or a payment of some amount in satisfaction of the obligation). In addition, even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to

 

20


Table of Contents

distressed debt we hold, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by us in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by us upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of our participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt, we may be restricted from disposing of such securities.

Preferred Stock Risk.    To the extent we invest in preferred securities, there are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:

Deferral.    Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If we own a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, we may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.

Subordination.    Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.

Liquidity.    Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.

Limited Voting Rights.    Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.

Common Stock Risk.    We may have exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. The equity securities that we acquire may fail to appreciate and may decline in value or become worthless.

Hedging Transactions.    We may employ hedging techniques to minimize currency exchange rate risks or interest rate risks, but we can offer no assurance that such strategies will be effective. If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase funding costs, limit access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may need to incur additional expenses to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms

 

21


Table of Contents

with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, even though we may have structured our interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

Our portfolio companies usually will have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligations to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company. In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

Concentration of our assets in an issuer, industry or sector may present more risks than if we were more broadly diversified over numerous issuers, industries and sectors of the economy.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.

In addition, we may, from time to time, invest a substantial portion of our assets in the securities of issuers in any single industry or sector of the economy or in only a few issuers. We cannot predict the industries or sectors in which our investment strategy may cause us to concentrate and cannot predict the level of our diversification among issuers to ensure that we satisfy diversification requirements for qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A downturn in an industry or sector in which we are concentrated would have a larger impact on us than on a company that does not concentrate in an industry or sector. As a result of investing a greater portion of our assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers, we are classified as a non-diversified company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, an investment in us may present greater risk than an investment in a diversified company. Furthermore, the Advisor has not made and does not intend to make any determination as to the allocation of assets among different classes of securities. At any point in time we may be highly concentrated in a single type of asset, such as junior unsecured loans or distressed debt. Consequently, events which affect a particular asset class disproportionately could have an equally disproportionate effect on us.

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social

 

22


Table of Contents

instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the U.S., higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

Although most of our investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency are subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency may change in relation to one or more other currencies. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective.

While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

Risks related to our operations as a BDC

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. We consider BlackRock, Kelso and their affiliates to be affiliates for such purposes. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital.

Our business requires a substantial amount of capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities or other indebtedness, the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or from securitization transactions. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. We may issue debt securities or preferred securities, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” and we may borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits us to issue senior securities or incur indebtedness only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such issuance or incurrence. Our ability to pay dividends or issue additional senior securities would be restricted if our asset coverage ratio were not at least 200%. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

 

23


Table of Contents
   

Senior Securities.    As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred securities they would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights and may have rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred securities could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

   

Additional Common Stock.    Our Board of Directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below net asset value without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our Board of Directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities. We may also make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and you may experience dilution.

 

   

Securitization.    In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we anticipate that in the future we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly-owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. This could include the sale of interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade loan pools, and we would retain a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. An inability to successfully securitize our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and adversely affect our earnings, if any. Moreover, the successful securitization of our loan portfolio might expose us to losses as the residual loans in which we do not sell interests will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses.

Changes in the laws or regulations governing our business, or changes in the interpretations thereof, and any failure by us to comply with these laws or regulations, could negatively affect the profitability of our operations.

Changes in the laws or regulations or the interpretations of the laws and regulations that govern BDCs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply, or we might have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.”

We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments

 

24


Table of Contents

are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it would be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss.

Loss of status as a RIC would reduce our net asset value and distributable income.

We currently qualify as a RIC under the Code and intend to continue to qualify each year as a RIC. As a RIC we do not have to pay federal income taxes on our income (including realized gains) that is distributed to our stockholders, provided that we satisfy certain distribution requirements. Accordingly, we are not permitted under accounting rules to establish reserves for taxes on our unrealized capital gains. If we fail to qualify for RIC status in any year, to the extent that we had unrealized gains, we would have to establish reserves for taxes, which would reduce our net asset value. In addition, if we, as a RIC, were to decide to make a deemed distribution of net realized capital gains and retain the net realized capital gains, we would have to establish appropriate reserves for taxes that we would have to pay on behalf of stockholders. It is possible that establishing reserves for taxes could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. See “Tax Matters.”

If we are unable to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax, which will adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code, which is required in order for us to distribute our income without tax at the corporate level and to obtain favorable RIC treatment, we must meet certain income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. Satisfying these requirements may require us to take actions we would not otherwise take, such as selling investments at unattractive prices to satisfy diversification, distribution or source of income requirements. In addition, while we are authorized to borrow funds in order to make distributions, under the 1940 Act we are not permitted to make distributions to stockholders while we have debt obligations or other senior securities outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become or remain subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

Risks relating to this offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of shares of our common stock will not decline following the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters, and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of our value. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to sales loads, underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Therefore, our common stock may be more appropriate for long-term investors than for investors with shorter term investment horizons and should not be treated as a trading vehicle.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $          per share because the price that you pay will be greater than the pro forma net asset value per share of the

 

25


Table of Contents

shares you acquire. This dilution is in large part due to the expenses incurred by us in connection with the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, investors in this offering will pay a price per share that exceeds the tangible book value per share after the closing of the offering.

Our common stock price may be volatile and may fluctuate substantially.

As with any stock, the price of our common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell shares, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and selling expenses paid by us. The common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the offering.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our common shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to its operating performance. These factors include:

 

   

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in the sector in which we operate, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

   

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

   

loss of RIC status;

   

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

   

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

   

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

   

departure of key personnel from the Advisor;

   

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

   

general economic trends and other external factors; and

   

loss of a major funding source.

If a substantial number of shares becomes available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Upon completion of this offering we will have              shares of common stock outstanding (or              shares of common stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Following the offering, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of shares for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so.

Our principal stockholders will continue to have substantial ownership in us after this offering, and this control could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After the completion of this offering and the other transactions described in this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, certain of our principal investors through BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC, or Holding, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of the outstanding shares of our common stock. See “Control persons and principal stockholders.” As a

 

26


Table of Contents

result, these investors may be able to exert influence over our management and policies. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, depriving our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company, and ultimately affecting the market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

The Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price of our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risks” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

   

the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;

 

   

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;

 

   

the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of the Advisor;

 

   

the impact of increased competition;

 

   

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

   

the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings;

 

   

the extent and timing of any share repurchases;

 

   

the impact, extent and timing of technological changes and the adequacy of intellectual property protection;

 

   

the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or the Advisor;

 

   

terrorist activities, which may adversely affect the general economy, real estate, financial and capital markets, specific industries, and us and the Advisor;

 

   

the ability of the Advisor to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

   

the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position.

This prospectus, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $             million ($             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $             payable by us, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share. We may change the size of this offering based on demand and market conditions.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have approximately $334 million outstanding under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility matures on December 6, 2010 and bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 87.5 basis points on the outstanding balance. Our current borrowings under the Credit Facility were used to fund investments in portfolio companies and for general corporate purposes. Amounts we repay under the Credit Facility will remain available for future borrowings.

We intend to use the net proceeds to repay all or a portion of the $334 million of outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility, to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. We expect that it will take us up to approximately three months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our targeted investment pace. We will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less pending investment in accordance with our investment objective and policies.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2006 (1) on an actual basis and (2) as adjusted to reflect the effects of the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $             per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commission and offering expenses payable by us. You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” set forth in this prospectus and our financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2006
     Actual     As Adjusted
for the
Offering(1)
     (Dollar amounts in
thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $      3,036     $                 

Total assets

     766,259    

Borrowings under Credit Facility(2)

     164,000       —  

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 37,627,405 shares issued and outstanding,              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively(3)

     38    

Paid in capital in excess of par

     563,234    

Distributions in excess of net investment income(3)

     (3,393 )  

Accumulated net realized gain

     498    

Net unrealized appreciation

     1,423    

Total net assets

     561,800    

Total capitalization

     725,800    

(1) Does not include the underwriters’ over-allotment option of shares.

 

(2) As described under “Use of Proceeds” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all or a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility.

 

(3) On March 28, 2007, we filed a certificate of amendment to our articles of incorporation to increase our authorized capital stock from 40,000,000 shares of common stock to 100,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

(4) Includes cumulative net investment income or loss, cumulative amounts of gains and losses realized from investment and net unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments, and distributions paid to stockholders other than tax return of capital distributions. Distributable earnings are not intended to represent amounts we may or will distribute to our stockholders.

 

30


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as-adjusted pro forma net asset value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

The net asset value of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 was $562 million. After giving effect to the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds” and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as-adjusted pro forma net asset value as of December 31, 2006 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in our net asset value per share of $     to existing stockholders and dilution in net asset value per share of $             to new investors who purchase shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                 

Increase (decrease) in net asset value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  

As adjusted pro forma net asset value per share after this offering

  

Dilution per share to new investors(1)

  

(1) To the extent the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2006, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration    Average Price
per Share
     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   

Existing stockholders

   37,627,405            

New investors

              
                          
              
              
                          

Total

          %    $                     %   

 

31


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BKCC”. Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade above, at or below net asset value.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders. The amount of our quarterly distributions will be determined by our Board of Directors. We intend to distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our income. We may elect to make deemed distributions to our stockholders of certain net capital gains. If this happens, you will be treated as if you received an actual distribution of the capital gains we retain and reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in us. You also may be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See “Tax Matters.”

The following table summarizes our dividends declared since our inception of operations (July 25, 2005):

 

Dividend Amount Per Share Outstanding

  

Record Date

  

Pay Date

$0.20

  

December 31, 2005

   January 31, 2006

$0.20

   March 15, 2006    March 31, 2006

$0.23

   June 15, 2006    June 30, 2006

$0.30

   September 15, 2006    September 29, 2006

$0.42

  

December 31, 2006

   January 31, 2007

$0.42

   March 15, 2007    March 30, 2007

Through December 31, 2006, we have made distributions in excess of our earnings of approximately $3.4 million. In addition, through December 31, 2006, we have net unrealized appreciation on our investments of $1.4 million. We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions in the future. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a BDC company under the 1940 Act. See “Regulation.” If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of our status as a RIC. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions or distributions at a particular level.

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, then stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

With respect to the dividends paid to shareholders, income from origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies is treated as taxable income and accordingly distributed to shareholders. Such fees may cause our taxable income to exceed our GAAP income, although the differences are expected to be temporary in nature.

 

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the selected financial data and our financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We were incorporated in Delaware on April 13, 2005 and were initially funded on July 25, 2005. Our investment objective is to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation. We intend to invest primarily in debt and equity securities of private U.S. middle-market companies.

We are externally managed and have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

On July 25, 2005, we completed a private placement of 35,366,589 shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share, less a placement fee of $507,407 and legal fees and other offering costs of $657,639. We received approximately $529.3 million in net proceeds from this offering.

Investments

Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make. In the past two years, the senior secured loan market has experienced dramatic growth in new issuance along with narrowing interest rate spreads. These conditions have led to the general weakening of loan covenants and have driven traditional senior lenders to pursue opportunities in the subordinated loan market. We expect these trends to continue and, as a result, the environment for investments in middle-market companies should remain very competitive. Despite these conditions, we expect to be able to continue to utilize our debt and equity capital to grow our long-term investment portfolio. We intend to maintain our disciplined investment process, selectively participating in transactions when our assessment of risk and reward indicates a favorable opportunity.

As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” The SEC recently adopted new rules under the 1940 Act to expand the definition of “eligible portfolio company” to include all private companies and companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange. The new rules also will permit us to include as qualifying assets certain follow-on investments in companies that were eligible portfolio companies at the time of initial investment but that no longer meet the definition. The new rules became effective November 30, 2006. As a result of these new rules, we are no longer required to determine the eligibility of a portfolio company by reference to whether or not it has outstanding marginable securities.

In addition to the adoption of the rules described above, the SEC also proposed for comment a rule that would include as eligible portfolio companies certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange, as long as their public float and/or market capitalization is below a specified level. We will continue to monitor closely any developments with respect to the definition of an eligible portfolio company and intend to adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of the new rules, as well as any other regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Revenues

We generate the sale of revenue primarily in the form of interest on the debt we hold, dividends on our equity interests and capital gains on the sale of warrants and other debt or equity interests that we acquire in

 

33


Table of Contents

portfolio companies. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of three to ten years, although we have no lower or upper constraint on maturity, and typically bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semi-annually. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt instruments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of cash interest or pay interest in-kind. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of prepayment fees, commitment, origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of the base management fee, expenses reimbursable under the management agreement, administration fees and the allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement. The base management fee compensates the Advisor for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Our management agreement with the Advisor provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

   

our organization;

 

   

calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firms);

 

   

expenses incurred by the Advisor payable to third parties in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

   

the costs of future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;

 

   

the base management fee and any incentive management fee;

 

   

distributions on our common shares;

 

   

administration fees payable under the administration agreement;

 

   

fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments;

 

   

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

   

registration fees;

 

   

listing fees;

 

   

taxes;

 

   

independent director fees and expenses;

 

   

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

   

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

   

our fidelity bond;

 

   

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

   

indemnification payments;

 

   

direct costs and expenses of administration, including audit and legal costs; and

 

   

all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

 

34


Table of Contents

During the first year of our operations (through July 2006), the Advisor agreed to waive its right to receive one-half of the base management fee the Advisor would otherwise have been entitled to receive from us. Thereafter, the Advisor waived one-quarter of the amount of the base management fee the Advisor would otherwise have been entitled to receive from us. All of the fee waivers will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Additionally, the management agreement provides that the Advisor or its affiliates may be entitled to an Incentive Fee under certain circumstances. The determination of the Incentive Fee will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving no Incentive Fee payments if returns to our stockholders do not meet an 8.0% annualized rate of return and will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving less than the full amount of the Incentive Fee percentage until returns to stockholders exceed an approximate 13.3% annualized rate of return. The determination of the Incentive Fee is subject to any applicable limitations under the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the Advisers Act.

Critical accounting policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to the financial statements.

Valuation of portfolio investments

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which represents fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, our Board of Directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of our Board of Directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our Board of Directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Advisor responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our Board of Directors, independent valuation firms engaged by our Board of Directors conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of our Board of Directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the investment professionals, senior management and independent valuation firms; and

 

   

the Board of Directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

 

35


Table of Contents

The types of factors that we may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the financial statements.

Revenue recognition

We record interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the loan balance and generally due at maturity, we do not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. Origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees and discounts and premiums on investments purchased are accreted/amortized over the life of the respective investment. Unamortized origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees are recorded as unearned income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, we record any prepayment fees and unamortized loan origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees as interest income. We record dividend income on the ex-dividend date.

With respect to the dividends paid to stockholders, income from origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies is treated as taxable income and accordingly, distributed to stockholders. For the year ended December 31, 2006, upfront fees totaling $4.1 million are being amortized into income over the lives of the respective loans. We anticipate earning additional upfront fees in the future and such fees may cause our taxable income to exceed our GAAP income, although the differences are expected to be temporary in nature.

Net realized gains or losses and net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment fees. Realized gains and losses are computed using the specific identification method. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Federal income taxes

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and, among other things, have made and intend to make the requisite distributions to our stockholders to relieve us from federal income and excise taxes. In order to qualify as a RIC, we are required to distribute annually at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, to our stockholders. To avoid federal excise taxes, we must distribute annually at least 98% of our income (both ordinary income and net capital gains).

Within the context of these critical accounting policies, we are not currently aware of any reasonably likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different amounts being reported.

Portfolio and investment activity

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we closed a substantial number of new and diverse investments in portfolio companies as a result of our Advisor’s investment platform, favorable market conditions and access to additional financing through the use of the Credit Facility. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we invested approximately $745.7 million across 35 new and five existing portfolio companies. The new

 

36


Table of Contents

investments consisted primarily of senior loans secured by second liens ($370.0 million, or 50% of the 2006 total) and first liens ($169.1 million, or 23%), subordinated debt/corporate notes ($170.6 million, or 23%) and equity securities ($19.1 million, or 3%). Additionally, we received proceeds from sales/repayments of principal of approximately $138.4 million during 2006.

At December 31, 2006, our net portfolio of $757.3 million (at value) consisted of 49 portfolio companies and was invested 71% in senior secured loans, 26% in subordinated debt/corporate notes, 3% in equity investments and less than 1% in cash, cash equivalents and foreign currency. Our average portfolio company investment by value was approximately $15 million. Our largest portfolio company investment by value was approximately $42.2 million and our five largest portfolio company investments by value comprised approximately 25% of our portfolio at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, our net portfolio of $539.4 million (at value) consisted of 26 portfolio companies and was invested 25% in senior secured loans, 1% in subordinated debt/corporate notes, 1% in publicly traded, floating rate closed-end funds, less than 1% in equity investments and 73% in short-term investments (including cash and cash equivalents).

Our weighted average yield on invested capital was 12.5% at December 31, 2006 versus 10.7% at December 31, 2005. The weighted average yields on our subordinated debt/corporate notes and senior secured loans were 13.2% and 12.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2006, versus 10.3% and 10.8%, respectively, at December 31, 2005. Yields are computed using interest rates and dividend yields as of the balance sheet date and include amortization of loan origination and other upfront fees, original issue discount and market premium or discount, weighted by the amortized cost of the respective investment when averaged. Yields on invested capital exclude common equity investments, closed-end funds, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents.

At December 31, 2006, 69% of our long-term investments bore interest based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, EURIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, and 31% bore interest at fixed rates. At December 31, 2005, more than 98% of our long-term investments bore interest based on floating rates.

Results of operations

Results comparisons are for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 (“the period ended December 31, 2005”). Operating results for the period ended December 31, 2005 reflect our initial period of operations, during which our portfolio was primarily invested in temporary investments and are not necessarily indicative of a full year’s results.

Operating income

The increase in operating income compared to the prior period reflects the growth of our portfolio and a full year’s operating results. Investment income totaled $53,892,435 and $10,004,626, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005, of which $39,541,255 and $1,253,427, respectively, were attributable to interest and fees on senior secured loans, $9,577,833 and $8,501,049, respectively, to interest earned on short-term investments and cash equivalents, $4,189,990 and $215,359, respectively, to interest earned on subordinated debt/corporate notes, $461,223 and $34,791, respectively, to dividends from closed-end funds and preferred stock and $122,134 and $0, respectively, to other income.

Operating expenses

The increase in operating expenses compared to the prior period reflects the growth of our portfolio, a full year’s operating results and the incurrence of borrowings under the Credit Facility. Net operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005 were $14,000,212 and $3,801,635, respectively, which consisted of $6,780,053 and $2,334,922, respectively, in base management fees (net of base management fee waivers of $4,314,255 and $2,334,922, respectively), $4,443,298 and $0, respectively, in incentive management fees owed to the Advisor, $760,188 and $508,950, respectively, in administrative services expenses, $486,359 and $333,969, respectively, in professional fees, $286,113 and $233,508, respectively, in director fees, $469,287 and $138,405, respectively, in Advisor expenses, $167,610 and $108,374, respectively, in

 

37


Table of Contents

insurance expenses, $279,432 and $0, respectively, in amortization of debt issuance costs and interest expense related to the Credit Facility, $0 and $57,056, respectively, in expenses related to our organization and $327,872 and $86,451, respectively, in other expenses.

Net investment income

Net investment income was $39,892,223 and $6,202,991, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005 (which amounts would have been $35,577,968 and $3,868,069, respectively, without base management fee waivers).

Net realized gain

Net realized gain on investments of $479,397 for the year ended December 31, 2006 was the result of $777,548 in net gains realized from the disposition of investments offset by $298,151 in net losses realized on foreign currency transactions during the year. For the period ended December 31, 2005, net realized gain on investments was $1,141 resulting from the disposition of a senior secured loan.

Net unrealized appreciation

For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005, the change in net unrealized appreciation was $1,183,036 and $240,236, respectively, which was comprised of an increase in net unrealized appreciation on investments of $1,634,063 and $252,276, respectively, a (decrease)/increase in net unrealized depreciation on cash equivalents of $(12,040) and $12,040, respectively, and net unrealized depreciation on foreign currency translations of $463,067 and $0, respectively.

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

The net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended December 31, 2005 was $41,554,656 and $6,444,368, respectively. As compared to the prior period, the increase reflects the growth of our portfolio, the transition of the portfolio from temporary to long-term investments and a full year’s operating results.

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

During the year, we generated operating cash flows primarily from interest earned and fees received on senior secured loans and subordinated debt/corporate notes, as well as from interest earned on temporary investments and dividends received from closed-end fund holdings. In the future, we may securitize a portion of our investments in senior secured loans or other assets.

Our primary uses of funds for operations during the year ended December 31, 2006 consisted of investments in portfolio companies and payment of fees and other operating expenses incurred by us.

Our operating activities resulted in a net use of cash of $450,206,544 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

On March 8, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance and sale from time to time of up to $2.5 million in aggregate net asset value of shares of our common stock to certain existing and future employees of the Advisor at a price per share equal to the greater of $15.00 or our then current determined net asset value per share at the time of sale. Pursuant to this authorization, on April 1, 2006 we issued and sold to certain employees of the Advisor in a private placement 54,000 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $810,000.

On December 6, 2006, we closed on our Credit Facility, which is a $225 million, multi-currency, four year, senior secured credit facility with a group of banks. The Credit Facility provides us with the ability to seek additional commitments to an aggregate amount not to exceed $500 million, subject to certain conditions. The Credit Facility has a stated maturity of December 6, 2010 and the interest rate applicable to borrowings thereunder is LIBOR plus 87.5 basis points. As a BDC, we are permitted to issue senior securities only in

 

38


Table of Contents

amounts such that our asset coverage equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. At December 31, 2006, we had $164 million drawn and outstanding under the Credit Facility, with $61 million available to us.

On February 8, 2007, we increased commitments under the Credit Facility to $400 million by adding new lenders. Additionally, we increased the ability to seek additional commitments under the Credit Facility to an aggregate amount not to exceed $1 billion. We expect that our substantial debt capital resources will provide us with the flexibility to take advantage of market opportunities when they arise.

Our financing activities resulted in the inflow of cash of $164,270,609 for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily from borrowings under the Credit Facility.

At December 31, 2006, we had $3,036,413 in cash and cash equivalents. In addition, we had $126,375 in foreign currency.

Contractual Obligations

A summary of our significant contractual payment obligations for the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility at December 31, 2006 is as follows:

 

     Payments Due By Period (dollars in millions)
     Total    Less than 1 year    1-3 years    4-5 years    After 5 years

Credit Facility Payable(1)

   $ 164    $ —      $ —      $ 164    $ —  

(1) At December 31, 2006, $61 million remained unused under our Credit Facility.

We have entered into several contracts under which we have future commitments. Pursuant to an investment management agreement, the Advisor manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Payments under the investment management agreement are equal to a percentage of the value of our gross assets and an incentive fee. Under our administration agreement, the Administrator provides us with administrative services, facilities and personnel. Payments under the administration agreement are equal to an allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations to us, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs. Pursuant to various other agreements, subsidiaries of PNC provide custodian services, administrative and accounting services, transfer agency and compliance support services to us. Payments under such agreements are generally equal to a percentage of our average net assets plus reimbursement of reasonable expenses, and a base fee. Either party may terminate each of the investment management agreement, administration agreement and such other agreements without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. See Note 3 to our financials statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Off-Balance sheet financing

At December 31, 2006, we had no off-balance sheet contractual obligations or arrangements. At December 31, 2005, we had a $10 million commitment outstanding to fund a senior secured loan.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 requires that we recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, and whether that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as

 

39


Table of Contents

an adjustment to opening accumulated (distributions in excess of) net investment income. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on financial statements. At this time, the impact to our financial statements has not been determined.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157 on financial statements. At this time, the impact to our financial statements has not been determined.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, or SAB 108. SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in the current year financial statements. The SAB requires registrants to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet and an income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 does not change the guidance in SAB 99, Materiality, when evaluating the materiality of misstatements. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Dividends

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. Our quarterly dividends are determined by our Board of Directors. Dividends declared by us since July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) were as follows:

 

Dividend Amount Per Share Outstanding

  

Record Date

  

Pay Date

$0.20

  

December 31, 2005

   January 31, 2006

$0.20

   March 15, 2006    March 31, 2006

$0.23

   June 15, 2006    June 30, 2006

$0.30

   September 15, 2006    September 29, 2006

$0.42

  

December 31, 2006

   January 31, 2007

$0.42

   March 15, 2007    March 30, 2007

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain our RIC status and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of:

 

   

98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year;

 

   

98% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31st; and

 

   

any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years.

In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make dividends and distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these dividends and distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make dividends and distributions due to the asset coverage test for borrowings when applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act and due to provisions in our existing and future credit facilities. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of favorable RIC tax treatment. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any dividends and distributions or dividends and distributions at a particular level.

With respect to the dividends paid to stockholders, income from origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies is treated as taxable income and accordingly, distributed to stockholders. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, these fees totaled $4,060,829 and $906,250, respectively. We anticipate earning additional upfront fees in the future and such fees may cause our taxable income to exceed our GAAP income, although the differences are expected to be temporary in nature.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2006, 69% of our long-term investments bore interest based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, EURIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate. The interest rates on such investments generally reset by reference to the current market index after one to six months.

To illustrate the potential impact of changes in interest rates, we have performed the following analysis based on our December 31, 2006 balance sheet and assuming no changes in our investment structure. Net asset value is analyzed using the assumptions that interest rates, as defined by the LIBOR and U.S. Treasury yield curves, increase or decrease and that the yield curves of the rate shocks will be parallel to each other. Under this analysis, an instantaneous 100 basis point increase in LIBOR and U.S. Treasury yields would cause a decline of approximately $6,600,000, or $0.18 per share, in the value of our net assets at December 31, 2006 and a corresponding 100 basis point decrease in LIBOR and U.S. Treasury yields would cause an increase of approximately $6,900,000, or $0.18 per share, in the value of our net assets on that date.

While hedging activities may help to insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, we did not engage in any interest rate hedging activity.

We may enter into forward foreign currency contracts from time to time to facilitate settlement of purchases and sales of investments denominated in foreign currencies or to help mitigate the impact that an adverse change in foreign exchange rates would have on the value of our investments denominated in foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a foreign currency at a future date (usually the security transaction settlement date) at a negotiated forward rate. Risks may arise as a result of the potential inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.

Details of open forward foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

Foreign
Currency Sold

   Settlement Date    Amount Sold    US$ Value at
Settlement Date
   US$ Value at
December 31, 2006
   Unrealized
Depreciation

Euro

   January 10, 2007    12,900,000 Sold    $ 16,572,631    $ 17,027,725    $ 455,094

Euro

   January 10, 2007    500,000 Sold    $ 639,880    $ 659,990    $ 20,110

There were no open forward foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2005.

 

41


Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table for the periods ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. The information has been derived from our financial statements which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP. The “—” indicates information which the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

Class and Year

  

Total Amount
Outstanding(1)

   Asset
Coverage
per Unit(2)
   Involuntary
Liquidating
Preference
Per Unit(3)
   Average
Market
Value
Per
Unit(4)

Credit Facility

           

2006

   $ 164,000    $ 4,426    $ —      N/A

2005

   $ 0      0    $ —      N/A

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented (in 000’s).
(2) The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the Asset Coverage Per Unit.
(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.
(4) Not applicable, as senior securities are not registered for public trading.

 

42


Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

General

We provide middle-market companies with flexible financing solutions, including senior and junior secured, unsecured and subordinated debt securities and loans, and equity securities. Our strategy is to provide capital to meet our clients’ current and future needs across this spectrum, creating long-term partnerships with growing middle-market companies.

We are organized as an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to continue to qualify as a RIC under the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through our debt and equity investments. We invest primarily in middle-market companies and target investments throughout the capital structure that we believe provide an attractive risk-adjusted return. The term “middle-market” refers to companies with annual revenues typically between $50 million and $1 billion. Our targeted investment typically ranges between $10 million and $50 million, although the investment sizes may be more or less than the targeted range and the size of our investments may grow with our capital availability. We generally seek to invest in companies that operate in a broad variety of industries and that generate positive cash flows.

Although most of our investments are in senior and junior secured, unsecured and subordinated loans to U.S. private middle-market companies, we invest throughout the capital structure, which may include common and preferred equity, options and warrants, credit derivatives, high-yield bonds, distressed debt and other structured securities. We may from time-to-time invest up to 30% of our assets opportunistically in other types of investments, including securities of public companies, foreign securities and real estate related assets.

The senior and junior secured loans in which we invest generally have stated terms of three to ten years and the subordinated debt investments we make generally have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such senior and junior secured loans and subordinated debt is generally between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security in our portfolio. The debt that we invest in typically is not rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation). We may invest without limit in debt of any rating, as well as debt that has not been rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

We commenced operations on July 25, 2005, receiving approximately $529.3 million in total net proceeds from the private placement of 35,366,589 shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share. Since the commencement of our operations, the Advisor’s team of investment professionals, including our senior management, has evaluated more than 600 investment opportunities and completed more than 70 investments on our behalf, aggregating over $1 billion in capital provided to middle-market companies through March 2007.

 

43


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, our portfolio included investments in 49 portfolio companies with a total value of $757.3 million. The weighted average yield on our total debt portfolio was approximately 12.5% at December 31, 2006. Our largest portfolio company investment by value was approximately $42.2 million and our five largest portfolio company investments by value comprised approximately 25% of our portfolio at December 31, 2006. The following table provides selected financial information as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
2006
   

For the period from
July 25, 2005*
to December 31,

2005

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net Investment Income

   $ 39,892     $ 6,203  

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain

     1,662       241  

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

     41,555       6,444  

Dividends per Share

     1.15       0.20  

Net Asset Value Per Share at Period End

    

Net Asset Value at Period End

     561,800       528,705  

Total Assets at Period End

     766,259       542,226  

Total Investment Portfolio at Period End

     757,331       539,409  

Yield on Long-term Investments at Period End

     12.5 %     10.7 %

* Inception of operations.

BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors

Our investment activities are managed by the Advisor. The Advisor is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Advisor is led by James R. Maher, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Advisor, and Michael B. Lazar, Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Advisor. They are supported by the Advisor’s team of employees, including 14 investment professionals who have extensive experience in commercial lending, investment banking, accounting, corporate law and private equity investing.

The Advisor has an investment committee comprised of 13 members, including Messrs. Maher and Lazar and several senior executives of BlackRock and several of the Kelso Principals. The investment committee is responsible for approving our investments. We benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the BlackRock executives and the Kelso Principals serving on our investment committee. Many of the BlackRock senior executives and the Kelso Principals who are members of the investment committee have worked together in a similar capacity since 1998. Although the BlackRock executives and Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee bring the benefit of expertise they have gained at BlackRock, Kelso and elsewhere, neither of those organizations provides us with investment advice. Nevertheless, we benefit from the business and specific industry knowledge, transaction expertise and deal-sourcing capabilities of BlackRock. The Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee will bring the benefit of the expertise they gained at Kelso and elsewhere including providing access to a broad network of contacts.

Since BlackRock’s founding in 1988 primarily as an institutional fixed income manager, BlackRock has become a premier provider of global investment management, risk management and advisory services to institutional and retail clients. As of December 31, 2006, the assets under management of BlackRock were over $1.1 trillion. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutions and individuals worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investment products. In addition, a growing number of institutional investors use BlackRock Solutions® investment system, risk management and financial advisory services.

In September 2006, BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) completed the plan entered into in February 2006 to merge Merrill Lynch’s investment management business, Merrill Lynch Investment

 

44


Table of Contents

Managers, and BlackRock to create a new independent asset management company. The new company operates under the BlackRock name and is governed by a board of directors with a majority of independent members. As a result of the transaction, Merrill Lynch owns approximately 49% of the combined company (with a 45% voting interest therein). PNC retained approximately a 34% ownership of the combined company, and the remainder is held by employees and public stockholders.

The Kelso Principals have an average tenure of at least fifteen years at Kelso. Kelso is a leading private equity firm and since 1980 has invested over $4.1 billion of private equity capital, primarily in middle-market companies across a broad range of industries and through different economic and interest rate environments. Kelso was organized in 1971 and has since made more than 80 private equity investments with total capitalization of more than $22 billion. The firm typically makes investments in companies where key managers make significant investments and works in partnership with management teams to create value for investors. Through our relationship with the Kelso Principals, we have access to these management teams who can provide unique insight into the industries in which they operate. Although the Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee will bring the benefit of the expertise they have gained at Kelso and elsewhere, Kelso as an organization will not participate in the activities of the Advisor or advise us.

Administration

BlackRock, through its subsidiary, the Administrator, serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. BlackRock oversees our financial records, assists in the preparation of reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitors the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

Market opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Middle-market companies have faced increasing difficulty in accessing the capital markets.    While many middle-market companies were formerly able to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds, we believe this approach to financing has become more difficult in recent years as institutional investors have sought to invest in larger, more liquid offerings. As evidence of this trend, the average new issue size of public high-yield debt securities has grown from approximately $164 million in 1997 to approximately $509 million in 2006. Moreover, in 2006, only 1.9% of all high-yield issues raised less than $100 million.

There is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional capital to support private investments.    We believe there is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital available to middle-market companies. We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-market companies and that these private equity firms will seek to supplement their investments with senior and junior debt securities and loans and equity co-investments from other sources, such as us. Record amounts of private equity capital have been raised in recent years. In 2005 and 2006, private equity firms raised $151 billion and $182 billion, respectively. Of this amount, we believe that approximately $39 billion and $35 billion in 2005 and 2006, respectively, was raised by private equity firms targeting middle-market companies, which are the companies that we target for investment. Since our commencement of operations in July 2005, we have invested in transactions involving more than 40 private equity firms in more than 50 different portfolio companies. We believe that our extensive relationships with private equity firms and other deal sourcing contacts is a competitive advantage and a source for future investment opportunities.

Middle-market companies are increasingly seeking private sources for debt and equity capital.    The cost and effort associated with being a public company in the United States have become more onerous, causing many management teams to consider alternative liquidity strategies. We believe that many middle-market companies

 

45


Table of Contents

prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations. As evidence of this trend with regard to public equity, the volume of public-to-private LBO transactions in the United States increased from $22.8 billion in 2004 to $50.0 billion in 2005 and $127.6 billion in 2006. We believe there will be a continued opportunity to provide private debt and equity financing to middle-market companies and that we are well positioned to serve this market.

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle-market business.    We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers.

Competitive advantages

We believe we possess the following competitive advantages over many other capital providers to middle-market companies:

Demonstrated ability to deploy capital consistent with our investment policies.    Since July 2005, we have built our portfolio using privately raised capital with the intent of raising public funds to further grow our portfolio once our investment processes and sourcing were well-established. Since inception, we have invested in excess of $1 billion across more than 70 portfolio companies and have a portfolio yield of approximately 12% as of February 28, 2007. In 2006, we invested an average of approximately $187 million of gross assets in each quarter.

Proven transaction sourcing strategy.    Since the Advisor’s inception of operations, it has evaluated more than 600 potential investments and has a proven process through which it has invested in excess of $1 billion on our behalf through March 2007. The Advisor identifies potential investments through its active transaction origination efforts. The origination efforts include calling on financial institutions such as investment banks, commercial banks, specialty finance companies and private equity firms; as well as on advisory firms, trade associations and the owners and managers of middle-market companies with whom its investment professionals and investment committee members have relationships. In addition to its investment professionals, senior members of the Advisor’s investment committee have relationships with a large and diverse group of financial intermediaries. We expect that our ability to leverage these relationships will continue to result in the referral of investment opportunities to us and provide us with a competitive advantage.

Access to BlackRock and Kelso Principals’ broad investing capabilities.    Our Advisor’s relationship with BlackRock and the Kelso Principals provides access to extensive expertise across asset classes. The Advisor’s investment committee, which is comprised of individuals from BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors, BlackRock and the Kelso Principals, and its team of dedicated investment professionals have had extensive experience in fixed-income, public equity and private equity investing. BlackRock has over 100 portfolio managers and 50 credit research analysts in the fixed income area, including a 21 person bank loan and high yield group. Collectively, members of the investment committee and the investment professionals of the Advisor have had experience investing in nearly every industry group in small, middle and large capitalization companies and at every level of the capital structure.

Highly experienced investment committee.    Our investment activities are carried out by BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors and led by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar with guidance from the Advisor’s investment committee. The investment committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock and the Kelso Principals, including BlackRock’s Chief Executive Officer and three other members of its Management Committee. Many of the BlackRock senior executives and the Kelso Principals who are members of the investment committee have worked together in a similar capacity since 1998. These investment committee members are supported by a team of seasoned investment professionals of the Advisor who possess a broad range of transaction, financial,

 

46


Table of Contents

managerial and investment skills. Collectively, their involvement in our investment process provides us with substantial market insight and valuable access to investment opportunities. This insight and judgment enables us to achieve favorable risk-adjusted rates of return on the capital we deploy.

Disciplined investment process with focus on preservation of capital.    In making investment decisions, the Advisor employs a disciplined and selective review process that focuses on, among other things, a thorough analysis of the underlying issuer’s business and the performance drivers of that business, as well as an assessment of the legal and economic features of each particular investment. As part of its review process, the Advisor draws on the industry expertise of its investment professionals, as well as on that of the members of its investment committee and BlackRock’s credit research analysts. Though each transaction involves a somewhat different approach, the Advisor undertakes a thorough due diligence analysis that leverages the capabilities of BlackRock and the Kelso Principals, including, for example, assessing business and industry prospects, conducting competitive analysis and meeting with management teams to get an insider’s view of the business or industry. This enables the Advisor to consider the total return on investment when evaluating each prospective portfolio company, seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss without forgoing potential for capital appreciation.

Cost-effective and high quality infrastructure.    We benefit from the existing infrastructure and administrative capabilities of BlackRock. BlackRock serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. It oversees our financial records, assists in the preparation of reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, and generally monitors the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. BlackRock has over 18 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of December 31, 2006, advised a closed-end family of 103 active funds with approximately $43.4 billion in assets. Our relationship with BlackRock grants us access to BlackRock’s fund administration platform which we believe provides higher quality service and lower cost than traditionally available in the industry and further enhances our returns.

Leverage

We maintain a four-year, multi-currency $400 million senior secured credit facility with a group of banks, under which we have approximately $334 million of indebtedness outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. The Credit Facility allows us to increase its size to $1 billion subject to certain conditions. The Credit Facility has a stated maturity of December 6, 2010 and the interest rate applicable to borrowings thereunder is LIBOR plus 87.5 basis points. We expect that our substantial debt capital resources will provide us with the flexibility to take advantage of market opportunities when they arise. See “Risks—Risks related to our business.”

Portfolio composition

We have created a portfolio that includes senior and junior secured, senior and junior unsecured and subordinated loans to U.S. private middle-market companies. We invest a range of $10 million to $50 million of capital, on average, per transaction, although the investment sizes may be more or less and are expected to grow with our capital availability. Although most of our investments are in senior and junior secured, senior and junior unsecured and subordinated loans to U.S. private middle-market companies, we invest throughout the capital structure of these companies in other securities, which may include common and preferred equity, options and warrants, credit derivatives, high-yield bonds, distressed debt and other structured securities. We generally seek to invest in companies that operate in a broad variety of industries and that generate positive cash flows. While our focus is to generate current income through these investments, we also seek capital appreciation.

Structurally, subordinated loans usually rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and are often unsecured. As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of an insolvency. However, subordinated loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers’ capital structure. Due to their higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants as compared to senior loans, subordinated loans

 

47


Table of Contents

generally earn a higher return than senior secured loans. We believe that subordinated loans offer an attractive alternative investment opportunity. In many cases investors in subordinated loans receive opportunities to invest directly in the equity securities of borrowers, and from time to time, may also receive warrants to purchase equity securities.

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds.

We generally are not permitted to invest in any private company in which BlackRock, Kelso, or any of their affiliates holds an existing investment, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We may, however, co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of BlackRock or Kelso, subject to compliance with such affiliates’ allocation procedures.

At December 31, 2006, our net portfolio was invested 71% in senior secured loans, 26% in subordinated debt/corporate notes, 3% in equity investments and less than 1% in cash, cash equivalents and foreign currency.

 

48


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following is a listing of each portfolio company or its affiliate, together referred to as portfolio companies, in which we had an investment at December 31, 2006. Percentages shown for class of securities held by us represent percentage of the class owned and do not necessarily represent voting ownership or economic ownership. Percentages shown for equity securities other than warrants or options represent the actual percentage of the class of security held before dilution. Percentages shown for warrants and options held represent the percentage of class of security we may own assuming we exercise our warrants or options before dilution.

We make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. We generally request and may receive rights to observe the meetings of our portfolio companies’ board of directors, and may have one or more voting seats on their boards.

For more information relating to our investments in portfolio companies, see our schedules of investments at December 31, 2006 and 2005 included in our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage
of Class
Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

Subordinated Debt/Corporate Notes

        

AGY Holding Corp.

2558 Wagener Road

Aiken, SC 29801

   Glass Yarns/Fibers    Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —      $ 15,037,500

Al Solutions, Inc.(2)

South Chester Street

New Cumberland, WV 26047

   Metals    Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        22,000,000

American Residential Services L.L.C.

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard

Mail Stop A3-1860

Memphis, TN 38120

   HVAC/Plumbing
Services
   Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        20,000,000

ASM Intermediate Holdings Corp. II

19100 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 300

Irvine, CA 92612

   Marketing
Services
   Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        39,876,567

Lucite International Luxembourg Finance S.àr.l.

Queens Gate

15-17 Queens Terrace

Southampton, SO14 5BP

United Kingdom

   Chemicals    Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes, PIK Loan
   —        17,391,819

Mattress Giant Corporation

14655 Midway Road, Suite 100

Addison, TX 75001

   Bedding—Retail    Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        13,667,000

MediMedia USA, Inc.

26 Main Street

Chatham, NJ 07928

   Information
Services
   Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        8,380,000

 

49


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage
of Class
Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

TriMark Acquisition Corp.

505 Collins Street

South Attleboro, MA 07703

   Food Service
Equipment
   Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes, Second
Lien
   —      $ 14,000,000

U.S. Security Holdings, Inc.

200 Mansell Court East

Suite 500

Roswell, GA 30076-9458

   Security
Services
   Subordinated
Debt/Corporate
Notes
   —        7,017,500
               

Total Subordinated Debt/Corporate Notes

         $ 157,370,386
               

Senior Secured Loans

        

ALM Media, Inc.

345 Park Avenue South

New York, NY 10010

   Publishing    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —      $ 39,716,888

American Safety Razor Company, LLC

240 Cedar Knolls Road

Suite 401

Cedar Knolls, NJ 07927

   Consumer
Products
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        10,125,000

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al.

565 Swedesford Road, Suite 315

Wayne, PA 19087

   Plastic
Packaging
   Senior Secured
Loans, Tranche A,
First Lien
   —        4,226,310
      Senior Secured
Loans, Tranche B,
Second Lien
   —        1,935,706
      Senior Secured
Loans, Tranche C,
Third Lien
   —        656,283

Bankruptcy Management Solutions, Inc.

8 Corporate Park, Suite 210

Irvine, CA 92614

   Software    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        25,249,219

Benchmark Medical Holdings Inc.

Valleybrooke Corporate Center

101 Lindenwood Drive, Suite 420,

Malvern, PA 19355

   Rehabilitation
Centers
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        1,920,600
      Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        8,730,000

Cambridge International, Inc.

105 Goodwill Road

Cambridge, MD 21613

   Metal
Conveyor Belts
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        20,295,000

Cannondale Bicycle Corporation

16 Towbridge Drive

Bethel, CT 06801

   Bicycles/Apparel    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        10,000,000

 

50


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage of
Class Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

Champion Energy Corporation et al.

One Radisson Plaza

Suite 801

New Rochelle, NY 10801

   Heating and Oil
Services
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —      $ 15,000,000
      Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        19,932,133

Data Transmission Network Corporation

9110 West Dodge Road, Ste. 200

Omaha, NE 68114

   Information
Services
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        4,000,000

Delta Air Lines, Inc.

1030 Delta Boulevard

Atlanta, GA 30320

   Airlines    Senior Secured
Loans, Term
Loan B, First
Lien
   —        1,015,938

Deluxe Entertainment Services Group Inc.

35 East 62nd Street

New York, NY 10021

   Entertainment    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        16,440,000

DynaVox Systems LLC

2100 Wharton Street, Suite 400

Pittsburgh, PA 15203

   Augmentative
Communication
Products
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien,
Term Loan B
   —        3,491,250
      Senior Secured
Loans, Term
Loan C, First
Lien
   —        1,750,000

Eight O’Clock Coffee Company et al.

3 Paragon Drive

Montvale, NJ 07645

   Coffee
Distributor
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        14,210,000

Electrical Components International Holdings Company

101 South Hanley Road

Suite #1050

St. Louis, MO 63105

   Electronics    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        20,100,000

Event Rentals, Inc.

2310 E. Imperial Hwy

El Segundo, CA 90245

   Party Rentals    Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        15,000,000
      Senior Secured
Loans,
Acquisition Loan
(Unfunded),
First Lien
   —        15,000,000

Facet Technologies, LLC

1850 Parkway Place

Suite 900

Marietta, GA 30067

   Medical
Devices
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        27,000,000

 

51


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage of
Class Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

Fitness Together Franchise Corporation

9092 S. Ridgeline Blvd., Suite A

Highlands Ranch, CO 80129-1000

   Personal Fitness    Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —      $ 13,834,539

Gleason Corporation

1000 University Avenue

P.O. Box 22970

Rochester, NY 14692

   Gear Production
Machinery
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        16,090,000

Haggar Clothing Co.

11511 Luna Road

Dallas, TX 75234

   Apparel    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        2,500,000

Heartland Automotive Services II Inc. et al.

11308 Davenport Street

Omaha, NE 68514

   Automobile
Repair
   Senior Secured
Loans, Term
Loan A, First
Lien
   —        3,719,780
      Senior Secured
Loans,
Acquisition
Loan (Funded) ,
First Lien
   —        1,740,000
      Senior Secured
Loans,
Acquisition
Loan
(Unfunded),
First Lien
   —        1,260,000

HIT Entertainment, Inc.

15 Portland Place

London, United Kingdom W1B 1PT

   Entertainment    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        1,009,688

International Radiology Group, L.L.C. et al.

540 Lake Cook Road

Deerfield, IL 60015

   Healthcare
Management
Services
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        4,920,455
      Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        10,000,000

Isola USA Corp.

165 South Price Road

Chandler, AZ 85224

   Electronics    Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        9,800,100
      Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        25,000,000

Kaz, Inc. et al.

1775 Broadway, Suite 2405

New York, NY 10019

   Consumer
Products
   Senior Secured
Loans, M&E
Loan, First Lien
   —        3,000,000
      Senior Secured
Loans
   —        40,000,000

 

52


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage of
Class Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

MacAndrews Deluxe Holdings LLC

35 East 62nd Street

New York, NY 10021

   Entertainment    Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —      $ 14,052,500

MCCI Group Holdings, LLC

c/o Medical Care Consortium, Inc.,

4960 SW 72nd Street, Suite 406

Miami, FL 33155

   Healthcare
Services
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        29,000,000

Oriental Trading Company, Inc.

4206 South 108th Street

Omaha, NE 68137

   Party Supplies
and Novelties
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        3,000,000

Precision Parts International Services Corp. et al.

229 Austin

Rochester Hills, MI 48309

   Automotive
Parts
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        4,915,181

Premier Yachts, Inc. et al.

401 East Illinois Street, Suite 425

Chicago, IL 60611

   Entertainment
Cruises
   Senior Secured
Loans, Term A,
First Lien
   —        7,723,094
      Senior Secured
Loans, Term B,
First Lien
   —        1,741,250

Prism Business Media Holdings, Inc.

249 West 17th Street

New York, NY 10011

   Information
Services
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        10,990,837

Professional Paint, Inc.

8600 Park Meadows Drive, #300

Lone Tree, CO 80124

   Paint and
Coatings
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        16,120,000

QTC Acquisition Inc.

1350 South Valley Vista Drive

Diamond Bar, CA 91765

   Disability
Evaluations
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        23,057,500

Robertson Aviation, L.L.C.

800 West Carver Road

Suite 101

Tempe, AZ 85284

   Aviation Fuel
Systems
   Senior Secured
Loans, First Lien
   —        4,626,836

Stolle Machinery Company, LLC

6949 S. Potomac Street

Centennial, CO 80112

   Canning
Machinery
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        8,585,000

Sunrise Medical LTC LLC et al.

c/o Joerns Healthcare, LLC

5001 Joerns Drive

Stevens Point, WI 54481

   Healthcare
Equipment
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        14,436,000

Total Safety U.S. Inc.

11111 Wilcrest Green, Suite 300

Houston, TX 77042

   Industrial Safety
Equipment
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        9,045,000

United Subcontractors, Inc.

5201 Eden Avenue, Suite 220

Edina, MN 55436

   Building and
Construction
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        9,500,000

 

53


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage of
Class Held(1)
   Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

Wastequip, Inc.

25800 Science Park Drive

Suite 140

Beachwood, OH 44122

   Waste
Management
Equipment
   Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —      $ 502,500

Wembley, Inc.

591 West Putnam Avenue

Greenwich, CT 06830

   Gaming    Senior Secured
Loans, Second
Lien
   —        1,012,500

Westward Dough Operating Company, LLC

313 Pilot Road, Suite A

Las Vegas, NE 89119

   Restaurants    Senior Secured
Loans, Term
Loan A, First
Lien
   —        7,114,000
      Senior Secured
Loans, Term
Loan B, First
Lien
   —        7,678,000
               

Total Senior Secured Loans

            $ 581,769,087
               

Preferred Stock

           

Facet Holdings Corp.

1850 Parkway Place, Suite 900

Marietta, GA 30067

   Medical
Devices
   Preferred Stock,
Class A
     3.4%    $ 900,000

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc.

9092 S. Ridgeline Blvd., Suite A

Highlands Ranch, CO 80129-1000

   Personal
Fitness
   Preferred Stock,
Series A
     3.1%      187,500

Tygem Holdings, Inc.(2)

c/o Al Solutions, Inc.

South Chester Street

New Cumberland, WV 26047

   Metals    Preferred Stock    70.4%      10,826,867
               

Total Preferred Stock

            $ 11,914,367
               

Common Stock

           

Facet Holdings Corp.

1850 Parkway Place, Suite 900

Marietta, GA 30067

   Medical
Devices
   Common Stock      3.4%    $ 100,000

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc.

9092 S. Ridgeline Blvd., Suite A

Highlands Ranch, CO 80129-1000

   Personal
Fitness
   Common Stock      3.1%      62,500

MGHC Holding Corporation

c/o Mattress Giant Corporation

14655 Midway Road, Suite 100

Addison, TX 75001

   Bedding—Retail    Common Stock      2.7%      2,050,000

Tygem Holdings, Inc.(2)

c/o Al Solutions, Inc.

South Chester Street

New Cumberland, WV 26047

   Metals    Common Stock    70.4%      3,608,956
               

Total Common Stock

            $ 5,821,456
               

 

54


Table of Contents

Name and Address of
Portfolio Company

   Nature of
Business
   Type of
Investment
   Percentage
of Class
Held(1)
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2006

Limited Partnership Interest

          

ARS Co-Investors, L.P.

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard

Mail Stop 43-1860

Memphis, TN 38120

   HVAC/Plumbing
Services
   Limited
Partnership
Interest
   —(3)   $ 324,216
              

Equity Warrants

          

ATEP Holdings, Inc.

565 Swedesford Road, Suite 315

Wayne, PA 19087

   Plastic
Packaging
   Equity Warrants    0.5%   $ —  

ATH Holdings, Inc.

565 Swedesford Road, Suite 315

Wayne, PA 19087

   Plastic
Packaging
   Equity Warrants    0.5%     —  

ATPP Holdings, Inc.

565 Swedesford Road, Suite 315

Wayne, PA 19087

   Plastic
Packaging
   Equity Warrants    0.5%     50,900

ATPR Holdings, Inc.

565 Swedesford Road, Suite 315

Wayne, PA 19087

   Plastic
Packaging
   Equity Warrants    0.5%     —  

Champion Energy Corporation

One Radisson Plaza

Suite 801

New Rochelle, NY 10801

   Heating and Oil
Services
   Equity Warrants    5.0%     300,000

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc.

9092 S. Ridgeline Blvd., Suite A

Highlands Ranch, CO 80129-1000

   Personal
Fitness
   Equity Warrants    4.0%     56,000

Kaz, Inc.

1775 Broadway, Suite 2405

New York, NY 10019

   Consumer
Products
   Equity Warrants    6.0%     609,000
              

Total Equity Warrants

           $ 1,015,900
              

(1) Percentages shown for warrants held represent the percentages of common stock we may own on a fully diluted basis, assuming we exercise our warrants.
(2) We own 70.4% of each of the common stock and the preferred stock of Tygem Holdings, Inc., which owns all of the common stock of Al Solutions, Inc.
(3) We are the sole Limited Partner in ARS Co-Investors, L.P., which is the beneficiary of 1.0% of the voting securities of American Residential Services L.L.C.

 

55


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment that represents greater than 5% of our total assets at December 31, 2006 or in which we own 5% or more of the company’s voting securities.

Al Solutions, Inc./Tygem Holdings, Inc.

Tygem Holdings, Inc. is a holding company for Al Solutions, Inc., which is a producer of titanium and zirconium alloying products for the aluminum industry. Through a proprietary production process, the company reprocesses titanium and zirconium scrap to produce high quality inputs to the grain refinement and production of aluminum alloys.

ALM Media, Inc.

ALM Media, Inc. publishes approximately 25 periodicals, including several leading national periodicals and regional publications, serving four of the five largest state legal markets. The company’s nationally recognized periodicals include The American Lawyer and The National Law Journal.

ASM Intermediate Holdings Corp. II

ASM Intermediate Holdings Corp. II is a holding company for Advantage Sales and Marketing Inc., which is a leading sales and marketing agency in the U.S., providing outsourced sales, marketing and merchandising services to manufacturers, suppliers and producers of consumer packaged goods. The company’s services include management of headquarter sales activities, category and space management, retail services and complementary strategic marketing services.

Kaz, Inc.

Kaz, Inc. is a global provider of personal healthcare and home environment products with a portfolio of premier brands including Vicks®, Enviracaire®, Honeywell®, Duracraft® and Braun®. The company’s product lines include air purifiers, heaters, fans, vaporizers, humidifiers and thermometers. The company’s other major product lines include Stinger brand insect control products and Softheat brand hot/cold therapy pads.

The industry composition of our portfolio as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:

 

     December 31,  

Industry

   2006     2005  

Healthcare

   13.3 %   18.8 %

Consumer Products

   11.2     2.2  

Business Services

   10.7     2.2  

Other Services

   10.4     19.2  

Electronics

   7.9     0.0  

Printing, Publishing and Media

   7.2     4.3  

Entertainment and Leisure

   6.9     9.4  

Manufacturing

   6.6     0.4  

Metals

   4.8     0.0  

Utilities

   4.6     13.1  

Chemicals

   4.3     3.7  

Beverage, Food and Tobacco

   3.8     10.9  

Homebuilding

   3.4     0.0  

Retail

   3.0     0.0  

Containers and Packaging

   0.9     5.0  

Aerospace and Defense

   0.6     0.0  

Textiles

   0.3     1.8  

Transportation

   0.1     0.7  

Auto sector

   0.0     4.4  

Telecommunications

   0.0     1.5  

Insurance

   0.0     1.3  

Environmental Services

   0.0     1.1  
            

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %
            

 

56


Table of Contents

Investment selection criteria

The Advisor chooses investments and constructs our portfolio based on the investment experience of its professionals and a detailed investment analysis for each investment opportunity. In analyzing each prospective portfolio company, the Advisor has identified several criteria it believes are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for the Advisor’s investment decisions on our behalf, although each prospective portfolio company may fail to meet one or more of these criteria. Generally, the Advisor seeks to utilize its access to information generated by its investment professionals and those of its affiliates to identify investment candidates and to structure investments quickly and effectively.

Value Orientation/Positive Cash Flow.    The Advisor’s investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis from an investor’s perspective and has a distinct value orientation. The Advisor focuses on companies in which it can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Typically, the Advisor does not invest in start-up companies or companies having speculative business plans.

Experienced Management.    The Advisor generally requires that portfolio companies have an experienced management team. The Advisor also generally requires portfolio companies to have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors, which may include having significant equity interests.

Strong Competitive Position in Industry.    The Advisor seeks to invest in companies that have strong market positions within their respective markets or market niches and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. The Advisor seeks companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which it believes should help to protect their market position and profitability.

Exit Strategy.    The Advisor seeks to invest in companies that it believes will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay loans and/or build equity value. With respect to loans and debt securities, the Advisor expects that such internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of interest on, and the repayment of the principal of, our investments will be a key means by which we exit these investments over time. In addition, the Advisor also seeks to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction. With respect to our equity investments, the Advisor will look to exit such investments via repurchases by the portfolio company, public offerings and sales pursuant to mergers and acquisitions transactions.

Liquidation Value of Assets.    The prospective liquidation value of the assets, if any, collateralizing loans in which we invest is an important factor in the Advisor’s credit analysis. The Advisor emphasizes both tangible assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate, and intangible assets, such as intellectual property, customer lists, networks and databases.

Generally, the Advisor utilizes access to information generated by its investment professionals to identify investment candidates and to structure investments quickly and effectively. Furthermore, the Advisor seeks to identify those companies exhibiting superior fundamental risk-reward profiles and strong defensible business franchises while focusing on the relative value of the security in the company’s capital structure.

Investment selection process

The Advisor selectively narrows prospective investment opportunities through a process designed to identify the most attractive opportunities. If the senior investment professionals responsible for the transaction

 

57


Table of Contents

and the Advisor’s senior management determine that an investment opportunity merits pursuit, the Advisor engages in an intensive due diligence process. This process involves extensive research into the target company, its management, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions.

In conducting their due diligence, the Advisor’s investment professionals use publicly available information as well as information from their extensive relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers, among others. Though each transaction involves a somewhat different approach, the Advisor often undertakes the following due diligence steps. Initially, the investment team involved in the transaction may meet with management to get an insider’s view of the business and probe for potential weaknesses in business prospects. They may also visit headquarters and company operations, meeting top- and middle-level executives. Independently from the company, the investment team may check management’s backgrounds and references. With information provided by the company, the investment team performs a detailed review of historical financial performance and the quality of earnings. To assess both business prospects and standard practices, they may contact customers and vendors and conduct a competitive analysis, comparing the company to its main competitors on an operating, financial, market share and valuation basis. The investment team also researches the industry for historic growth trends and future prospects utilizing industry analysts at BlackRock, third party research, industry association literature and general news. Furthermore, they assess asset value and the ability of physical infrastructure and information systems to handle anticipated growth and investigate any legal risks and the viability of current financial and accounting systems. Attorneys and independent accountants as well as outside advisors, as appropriate, may conduct additional due diligence on behalf of the Advisor.

After the Advisor has identified an investment opportunity and completed due diligence, the investment team involved in the transaction prepares a written investment analysis. Senior investment professionals involved in the transaction review the analysis, and if they are in favor of making the potential investment, present it first to Messrs. Maher and Lazar and then, if approved by Messrs. Maher and Lazar, to the Advisor’s investment committee. The investment committee is comprised of Messrs. Maher and Lazar and several senior executives of BlackRock and several of the Kelso principals. Investment committee members have an average of over 20 years of investment experience in the fixed income and private equity markets. Each investment opportunity requires the consensus of the investment committee in order to be approved, except that investments of less than approximately 3% of our net assets may be made without the prior approval of the investment committee if approved by Messrs. Maher and Lazar and two other members of the investment committee, one of whom must be an individual from BlackRock and the other a Kelso Principal. Temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. Government Securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, do not require approval by the investment committee.

Investment structure

Once the Advisor determines that a prospective portfolio company is a suitable investment, it works with the management of that company, any intermediaries and other capital providers, including senior and junior debt security investors and equity capital providers, to structure an investment quickly and effectively.

We invest in portfolio companies primarily in the form of senior and junior secured loans and unsecured and subordinated loans. The senior and junior secured loans generally have terms of three to ten years. We obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of the senior and junior secured loans. The collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company.

The Advisor structures unsecured and subordinated debt securities and loans to have relatively high, floating or fixed interest rates that provide us with current investment income. These debt securities and loans generally have terms of up to ten years. Such unsecured and subordinated debt securities and loans may have interest-only

 

58


Table of Contents

payments in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years of the loan. Also, some of these loans will be collateralized by a subordinate lien on some or all of the assets of the company.

In some cases, our debt investments may provide for a portion of the interest payable to be PIK interest. To the extent interest is PIK, it will be payable through the increase of the principal amount of the loan by the amount of the interest due on the then-outstanding principal amount of the loan. PIK interest is taxable income and is therefore generally distributed.

In the case of the senior secured and junior loans, the Advisor tailors the terms of the investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that aims to protect our rights and manage our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. For example, in addition to seeking a senior position in the capital structure of our portfolio companies, the Advisor seeks to limit the downside potential of our investments. The Advisor may accomplish this through requiring a total return on our investment (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk or through incorporating call protection into the investment structure. The Advisor may also negotiate covenants in connection with our investments that protect the preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or participation rights.

In general, our debt investments include financial covenants and terms that require the portfolio company to reduce leverage over time, thereby enhancing its credit quality. These methods may include: maintenance leverage covenants requiring a decreasing ratio of debt to cash flow; maintenance cash flow covenants requiring an increasing ratio of cash flow to interest expense and possibly other cash expenses such as capital expenditures, cash taxes and mandatory principal payments; and debt incurrence prohibitions, limiting a company’s ability to relever its balance sheet; among others. In addition, limitations on asset sales and capital expenditures prevent a company from changing the nature of its business or capitalization without our consent.

Our debt investments may include equity features, such as warrants or options to buy a minority interest in the portfolio company. Warrants we receive with our debt may require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We generally seek to structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, and we generally seek to structure puts or rights to sell such securities back to the company upon the occurrence of specified events.

Our equity investments may consist of preferred equity that pay dividends on a current basis or preferred equity that does not pay current dividends. Preferred equity generally has a preference over common equity as to distributions on liquidations and dividends. In some cases, we may acquire common equity. Our equity investments are frequently not control-oriented investments, and in many cases, we acquire equity securities as part of a group of private equity investors in which we are not the lead investor. Our preferred and common equity investments are typically made in conjunction with loans to these companies.

Ongoing relationship with portfolio companies

The Advisor monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Advisor monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

The Advisor has several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair values of our investments, which may include the following and other methods:

 

   

assessment of success of the portfolio company in adhering to its business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

   

periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

59


Table of Contents
   

comparisons to other companies in the industry;

 

   

attendance at and participation in board meetings;

 

   

review of interim and annual financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies; and

 

   

retention of third-party valuation firms to assist in determination of fair value.

Managerial assistance

As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance or exercising strategic or managerial influence over such companies. We may receive fees for these services. The Advisor will provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that request this assistance. Employees of the Advisor have experience providing managerial assistance to private operating companies like our portfolio companies, and such assistance has tended to be related to board representation and to strategic and financing transactions. The Advisor will generally not receive any direct compensation from our portfolio companies for providing managerial assistance although it may do so from time to time.

Investment rating system

The Advisor employs a grading system for our entire portfolio. The Advisor grades all loans on a scale of 1 to 4. This system is intended to reflect the performance of the borrower’s business, the collateral coverage of the loans and other factors considered relevant. The Advisor assigns only one loan grade to each portfolio company for all loan investments in that portfolio company. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

Grade 1: Investments in portfolio companies whose performance is substantially within the Advisor’s expectations and whose risk factors are neutral to favorable to those at the time of the original investment. As of December 31, 2006, the Advisor rated approximately 90% of our portfolio companies representing approximately 94% of the value of our total investments as Grade 1.

Grade 2: Investments in portfolio companies whose performance is below the Advisor’s expectations and that require closer monitoring; however, no loss of investment return (interest and/or dividends) or principal is expected. As of December 31, 2006, the Advisor rated approximately 8% of our portfolio companies representing approximately 4% of the value of our total investments as Grade 2.

Grade 3: Investments in portfolio companies whose performance is below the Advisor’s expectations and for which risk has increased materially since origination. Some loss of investment return is expected, but no loss of principal is expected. Companies graded 3 will generally be out of compliance with debt covenants and will be unlikely to make debt repayments on their original schedule. As of December 31, 2006, the Advisor rated approximately 2% of our portfolio companies representing approximately 2% of the value of our total investments as Grade 3.

Grade 4: Investments in portfolio companies whose performance is materially below the Advisor’s expectations where business trends have deteriorated and risk factors have increased substantially since the original investment. Investments graded 4 are those for which some loss of principal is expected. As of December 31, 2006, the Advisor rated none of our portfolio companies as Grade 4.

The Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our valuation process, the Advisor reviews these investment ratings on a quarterly basis, and our Board of Directors affirms such ratings. Our average investment rating was 1.08 as of December 31, 2006.

The investment rating process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially evaluated by the transaction team, led by a senior investment professional who is responsible for the portfolio company

 

60


Table of Contents

relationship. This generally is completed no less frequently than quarterly. At the Advisor’s weekly investment professionals’ meeting, the transaction team presents an update on the activities of any company rated below Grade 1. Each quarter, all investment professionals attend a separate investment rating meeting. At these quarterly meetings, the transaction team responsible for each portfolio investment reviews each portfolio company and suggests a rating for each investment for discussion among the investment professionals. At the conclusion of discussion, and subject to the approval of the Advisor’s chief executive officer and chief operating officer, the Advisor’s chief financial officer records the internal investment ratings for review by the Board of Directors quarterly.

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies, including public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, BDCs, insurance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, because competition for investment opportunities generally has increased among alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, those entities have begun to invest in areas they have not traditionally invested in, including investments in middle-market companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities at middle- market companies has intensified. Many of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the restrictions that the Code imposes on us as a RIC.

Staffing

Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Advisor or the Administrator, pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreement and the administration agreement. Each of our executive officers is an employee of the Advisor or the Administrator. Our executive officers are also executive officers of the Advisor. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by the Advisor. The Advisor currently has 16 investment professionals who focus on origination and transaction development and monitoring of our investments, and expects to hire additional professionals in the future. We reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. In addition, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of expenses it incurs in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors and executive officers

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors currently consists of five members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of our company or of the Advisor as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. No independent director owns beneficially or of record any security of the Advisor or any person (other than a RIC or portfolio company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisor. Our Board of Directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Each director holds office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his term as a director is terminated as provided in our by-laws. The address for each director and executive officer is c/o BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation, 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022.

The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

 

Name

   Age    Position    Director Since    Expiration of Term

Independent Directors:

           

Jerrold B. Harris

   64    Director    2005    2008

William E. Mayer

   66    Director    2005    2009

François de Saint Phalle

   61    Director    2005    2009

Maureen K. Usifer

   47    Director    2005    2010

Interested Director:

           

James R. Maher(1)

   57    Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chief
Executive Officer
   2005    2010

Executive Officers:

           

Michael B. Lazar

   37    Chief Operating Officer    N/A    N/A

Frank D. Gordon

   46    Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer
   N/A    N/A

Vincent B. Tritto

   45    Chief Compliance
Officer and Secretary
   N/A    N/A

(1) “Interested person” of BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation and of the Advisor within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Mr. Maher is an interested person due to his employment with the Advisor.

Classes of directors

Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three year term. Class I Director, Mr. Harris, is expected to stand for re-election at our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, Class II Directors, Messrs. Mayer and de Saint Phalle, are expected to stand for re-election at our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, Class III Directors, Mr. Maher and Ms. Usifer, are expected to stand for re-election at our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders. Each director holds office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Biographical information

The following is information concerning the business experience of our Board of Directors and executive officers. Our directors have been divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

62


Table of Contents

Independent directors

Jerrold B. Harris, Director of the Company. Mr. Harris has been retired since 1999. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Harris was President and Chief Executive Officer of VWR Scientific Products Corporation (which was acquired by Merck KGaA in 1999). Mr. Harris is currently a director of BlackRock Liquidity Funds and Henry Troemner LLC. Mr. Harris is a trustee of Ursinus College. Mr. Harris earned a B.S. degree from the University of California at Berkeley in 1964.

William E. Mayer, Director of the Company. Since 1999, Mr. Mayer has been a partner at Park Avenue Equity Partners, L.P. (“Park Avenue”), which he co-founded. From 1996 until the formation of Park Avenue, Mr. Mayer was a founding Partner of Development Capital, which invested in private and public companies. From the fall of 1992 until December 1996, Mr. Mayer was a professor and Dean of the College of Business and Management at the University of Maryland. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Mayer served as a professor and Dean of the Simon Graduate School of Business at the University of Rochester. Mr. Mayer worked for The First Boston Corporation (now Credit Suisse), a major investment bank, from 1967 to 1990. During his career at The First Boston Corporation, Mr. Mayer held numerous management positions including President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Mayer is currently a board member of Lee Enterprises (a newspaper company owning or having stakes in over 50 daily newspapers) and is a trustee of the Columbia Group of Mutual Funds. Mr. Mayer is a former Chairman of the Aspen Institute and the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of The University of Maryland. Mr. Mayer was a First Lieutenant in the U.S. Air Force. He holds a B.S. degree and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Maryland.

François de Saint Phalle, Director of the Company. Mr. de Saint Phalle has been a private equity investor, financial advisor and investment banker for more than thirty-five years. Mr. de Saint Phalle has been a private investor since 2000 and was a consultant for Evercore Partners from 2000 to 2002. From 1989 to 2000 he was Chief Operating Officer and Vice Chairman of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. before it was merged into UBS. In this capacity Mr. de Saint Phalle was responsible for the oversight of the firm’s capital commitments in debt and equity markets. Previously, Mr. de Saint Phalle worked for 21 years at Lehman Brothers. Mr. de Saint Phalle was named a general partner of the firm in 1976 and at various points he managed the Corporate Syndicate Department, the Equity Division and co-headed the Corporate Finance Department. From 1985 to 1989 Mr. de Saint Phalle served as Chairman of Lehman International, with a primary responsibility for developing a coordinated international finance strategy with American Express which had acquired Lehman in 1984. Mr. de Saint Phalle was named to Lehman’s Operating and Compensation Committees in 1980. Mr. de Saint Phalle is a Director of Evercore Partners and Cornerstone Management Securities. Mr. de Saint Phalle is a member Emeritus of the Board of Visitors of Columbia College. He received his B.A. from Columbia College.

Maureen K. Usifer, Director of the Company. Ms. Usifer has been a senior finance director with Church & Dwight Co., Inc., a major producer of baking soda and consumer products, from May 2004 until present. From October 2001 until May 2004, Ms. Usifer was the Chief Financial Officer for Armkel, LLC a joint venture with Church & Dwight and Kelso which encompassed over $400 million in personal care sales. Ms. Usifer was Division Controller of Church & Dwight’s Armus joint venture, which encompassed $500 million in laundry sales, from May 2000 through October 2001. From 1996 through 2000, Ms. Usifer was a Senior Finance Manager of Church & Dwight responsible for all of the Arm & Hammer’s personal care businesses. Ms. Usifer received an undergraduate degree in business from St. Michael’s College and an M.B.A. in Finance from Clarkson University.

Interested director

James R. Maher, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor. Mr. Maher is a co-founder of BlackRock Kelso Capital and has served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since its formation in 2004. Mr. Maher was, from 2001 until June 2004, a Partner at Park Avenue Equity Partners, L.P. Park Avenue Equity Partners is a private equity fund specializing in middle-market management buyouts and growth capital investments. Prior to joining Park

 

63


Table of Contents

Avenue Equity Partners, Mr. Maher was President of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., a diversified holding company with interests primarily in consumer products and financial services companies. Mr. Maher served as Chairman of Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings (“LabCorp”), after serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of National Health Laboratories, LabCorp’s predecessor, from 1992 to 1995. Prior to joining National Health Laboratories, Mr. Maher was Vice Chairman and a member of the Operating Committee of The First Boston Corporation, an international investment-banking firm. He served on the Group Executive Committee of CS First Boston, Inc., where he was Chief Operating Officer responsible for the global oversight of merger and acquisition activities, as well as the investment committee. He was also Head of the Investment Banking Group for more than four years. He joined the First Boston Corporation in 1976 and was named a Managing Director in 1982. He is also a Trustee of Prep for Prep, an organization that assists intellectually gifted public school students from minority group backgrounds, and prepares them for placement in independent schools. He has served as a Trustee of the Brearley School and on the Boards of a number of public companies. Mr. Maher received a Master’s in Business Administration from Columbia University and an undergraduate degree from Boston College.

Executive officers

Michael B. Lazar, Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Chief Operating Officer of the Advisor. Mr. Lazar is a co-founder of BlackRock Kelso Capital and has served as its Chief Operating Officer since its formation in 2004. Previously, Mr. Lazar was a Managing Director and Principal at Kelso & Company, one of the oldest and most established firms specializing in private equity investing. Having originally joined Kelso in 1993, Mr. Lazar was involved in Kelso’s private equity transactions since that time. Prior to joining Kelso, Mr. Lazar worked in the Acquisition Finance Group at Chemical Securities, Inc. (predecessor to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.) where his responsibilities included working with financial sponsors on the analysis, evaluation and financing of leveraged buyouts. He began his career in the Corporate Finance and Structured Finance Groups at Chemical Bank, where he focused on financings for leveraged companies. Mr. Lazar received a B.A. degree, cum laude, from Dartmouth College. Mr. Lazar is a director of Waste Services, Inc. and the New York Division of the March of Dimes, a not for-profit organization whose mission is to prevent birth-defects, premature birth and infant mortality. In addition, Mr. Lazar has served on the Boards of other Kelso portfolio companies.

Frank D. Gordon, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Advisor and a Managing Director of the Administrator. In addition to his role at BlackRock Kelso Capital, Mr. Gordon is a member of BlackRock’s high yield team. He was primarily responsible for the administration of several structured finance entities managed by BlackRock, including compliance monitoring, legal affairs and financial and stockholder reporting. Mr. Gordon was instrumental in launching BlackRock’s Magnetite and Senior Income series of CDOs. Before joining BlackRock’s high yield effort, Mr. Gordon was the controller of Anthracite Capital, Inc., a publicly-owned real estate investment trust managed by BlackRock. Prior to joining BlackRock in 1998, Mr. Gordon was an attorney in the Structured Finance department of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Gordon was Vice President in the Fixed Income Research department of The First Boston Corporation. From 1983 to 1986, he was a senior accountant at Deloitte Haskins & Sells. Mr. Gordon earned a B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania in 1983, and an M.B.A. degree, with honors, and a J.D. degree from the University of Chicago in 1992 and 1994, respectively.

Vincent B. Tritto, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of the Company, Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor and a Managing Director and Senior Counsel of the Administrator. Mr. Tritto has worked at BlackRock since 2002. He also serves as the Secretary of the 58 active funds comprising the BlackRock Closed-end Funds. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. Tritto was Executive Director and Counsel at Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. for four years. Previously, he was Counsel (1998), and an associate (1988 through 1997), at the New York law firm of Rogers & Wells. During this time he also served as a foreign associate at the Tokyo law firm of Masuda & Ejiri, from 1992 to 1994. Mr. Tritto earned B.A. degrees, cum laude, from the University of Rochester in 1983 and a J.D. degree, cum laude, from St. John’s University School of Law in 1988, where he was managing editor of the St. John’s Law Review.

 

64


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a governance committee.

Audit Committee.    The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The primary function of the audit committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing and monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements, the adequacy of our system of internal controls, the review of the independence, qualifications and performance of our registered public accounting firm, and the performance of our internal audit function. The audit committee is presently composed of three persons, including Ms. Usifer (Chairperson) and Messrs. Harris and de Saint Phalle, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The Nasdaq Global Market listing standards. Our Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Usifer is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 401 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Ms. Usifer meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of the Advisor as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Governance Committee.    The governance committee consists of Ms. Usifer and Messrs. de Saint Phalle, Harris and Mayer. The governance committee acts in accordance with the governance committee charter. Mr. Mayer has been appointed as Chairman of the governance committee. The governance committee consists of the independent directors and performs those functions enumerated in the governance committee charter including, but not limited to, making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors, reviewing independent director compensation, retirement policies and personnel training policies and administering the provisions of the code of ethics applicable to the independent directors.

In 2006, the Board of Directors met five times, the audit committee met four times and the governance committee held no meetings. Each director and each committee member attended all meetings, except that one director did not attend one telephonic Board of Directors meeting.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

The following table shows information regarding the compensation received by the independent directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.”

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash by
BlackRock Kelso
Capital
   Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued As
Part of Our
Expenses(1)
   All Other
Compensation
   Total
Compensation
From
BlackRock Kelso
Capital
Paid to Directors

Independent Directors

           

Jerrold B. Harris, Director

   $ 63,500    None    None    $ 63,500

William E. Mayer, Director

     62,500    None    None      62,500

François de Saint Phalle, Director

     63,500    None    None      63,500

Maureen K. Usifer, Director

     71,000    None    None      71,000

Interested Director

           

James R. Maher(2), Chairman of the Board of Directors

     None    None    None      None

Officers

     None    None    None      N/A

Michael B. Lazar(2), Chief Operating Officer

     None    None    None      N/A

Frank D. Gordon(3), Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

     None    None    None      N/A

Vincent B. Tritto(3), Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary

     None    None    None      N/A

(1) We do not have a pension or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits.

 

65


Table of Contents
(2) Messrs. Maher and Lazar are employees of, and compensated by, the Advisor.

 

(3) Mr. Tritto and Mr. Gordon are employees of, and compensated by, the Administrator.

As compensation for serving on our Board of Directors, each independent director receives an annual fee of $50,000. Following completion of this offering, we intend to increase this annual fee to $75,000. Independent directors also receive $2,500 ($1,250 for telephonic attendance) plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and receive $1,000 ($500 for telephonic attendance) plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each committee meeting. In addition, the Chairperson of the audit committee receives an annual fee of $7,500 and each chairperson of any other committee receives an annual fee of $2,500 for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. We currently do not intend to increase meeting fees or committee fees following completion of this offering.

 

66


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

At December 31, 2006, Virginia Retirement System beneficially owned 25% or more of our outstanding voting securities, and therefore would be deemed to control us, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act.

The Advisor and certain entities it manages own shares of our common stock, including Holding which owns 35,413,649 shares, or 94%, of our common stock at December 31, 2006. However, neither Holding nor the Advisor in its capacity as manager of Holding exercises voting control over those shares because the right to vote those shares is, in some cases, passed through to the owners of Holding or, in other cases, voted in the same proportion as the votes that are passed through. The Advisor is controlled by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar, the managing members of the Advisor. See Note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding these relationships and transactions.

The following table sets forth, at December 31, 2006, information with respect to the ownership of our common stock by each beneficial owner who owned more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, each director, our chief executive officer, each of our other executive officers and our directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power.

 

Name and address

  

Type of

ownership

  

Shares

owned

  

Percentage of

common stock

currently
outstanding

  

Percentage of

common stock

outstanding
after offering(1)

BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC(2)

    40 East 52nd Street

    New York, NY 10022

   Direct    35,413,649    94.12%   

Virginia Retirement System(2)(3)
1200 East Main Street
Richmond, VA 23219

   Beneficial    14,171,334    37.66%   

Summer Street BRK Investors, L.L.C.(2)(4)
3001 Summer Street
Stamford, CT 06095

  


Beneficial

  


5,668,534

   15.06%   

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust(2)(5)(6)
3 Chase Metro Center
Brooklyn, NY 11245

  




Beneficial

  




5,314,250

   14.12%   

Officers and Directors:

           

James R. Maher(7)

   Beneficial    704,895    1.87%   

Jerrold B. Harris

   Beneficial    42,536    *%   

William E. Mayer

   Beneficial    17,723    *%   

François de Saint Phalle

   Direct    354,466    *%   

Maureen K. Usifer

   Direct    7,089    *%   

Michael B. Lazar(8)

   Beneficial    70,490    *%   

Frank D. Gordon

   Direct    3,545    *%   

Vincent B. Tritto

   Direct    71    *%   

All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(9)

  

Direct/Beneficial

  

1,200,814

   3.19%   

* Represents less than 1%.

 

67


Table of Contents
(1) Assumes shares of common stock issued in this offering.

 

(2) BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC holds 35,413,649 shares beneficially owned by its members, including Virginia Retirement System, Summer Street BRK Investors, L.L.C. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust.

 

(3) Represents 14,171,334 shares held by BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC.

 

 

(4) Represents 5,668,534 shares held by BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC.

 

(5) Represents 5,314,250 shares held by BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC.

 

(6) JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust (“First Plaza”) may be deemed an affiliate of Performance Equity Associates (“PEA”). PEA owns 51% of Performance Equity Management, LLC (“PEM”). First Plaza is a New York trust containing assets of certain employee benefit plans of General Motors (“GM”), its subsidiaries and unrelated employers. General Motors Investment Management Corporation (“GMIMCo”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GM and 49% owner of PEM, is investment manager to First Plaza. Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, GMIMCo has delegated management of certain assets of First Plaza to PEM, including the assets of First Plaza invested in Holding. Each of PEM and GMIMCo is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. GMIMCo, in its capacity as a fiduciary to the pension plans in First Plaza, has the power to direct the trustee as to the voting and disposition of First Plaza’s shares in Holding. Because of First Plaza trustee’s limited role, beneficial ownership of the Holding shares by the trustee is disclaimed. The principal address of PEM and PEA is 2 Pickwick Plaza, Suite 310, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. The principal address of First Plaza and GMIMCo is 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153.

 

(7) Includes 102,914 shares owned indirectly by the individual’s children, 246,715 shares owned indirectly by the individual’s spouse and 108,554 shares owned indirectly by a family trust, as to each of which the individual disclaims beneficial ownership.

 

(8) Includes 27,492 shares owned indirectly by an individual retirement account as to which the individual is the beneficiary and 1,550 shares owned indirectly by a family trust. The individual disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the trust.

 

(9)

The address for all our officers and directors is c/o BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation, 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors at December 31, 2006. We are not part of a “family of investment companies” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name of Director

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Company(1)

Independent Directors:

  

Jerrold B. Harris

   $500,001 - $1,000,000

William E. Mayer

   $100,001 - $500,000

François de Saint Phalle

   Over $1,000,000

Maureen K. Usifer

   $100,001 - $500,000

Interested Director and Executive Officer:

  

James R. Maher

   Over $1,000,000

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None; $1 - $10,000; $10,001 - $50,000; $50,001 - $100,000; $100,001 - $500,000; $500,001 - $1,000,000; or over $1,000,000.

 

68


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

We have entered into an investment management agreement with the Advisor. Our senior management and our Chairman of the Board of Directors have ownership and financial interests in the Advisor. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the employees of the Advisor, serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. Accordingly, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds managed by advisors affiliated with the Advisor. However, the Advisor and BlackRock intend to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies.

We have entered into a license agreement with BlackRock and the Advisor pursuant to which BlackRock has agreed to grant to the Advisor, and the Advisor has agreed to grant to us, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “BlackRock.” In addition, we have entered into a license agreement with Michael B. Lazar, our Chief Operating Officer, and the Advisor pursuant to which Mr. Lazar has agreed to grant to the Advisor, and the Advisor has agreed to grant to us, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Kelso.” Mr. Lazar obtained this limited right to license the name “Kelso” under an agreement with Kelso.

Pursuant to the terms of the administration agreement, BlackRock, through its wholly owned subsidiary, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., provides us with the office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. Subject to BlackRock’s oversight, PFPC Inc., a subsidiary of PNC, serves as our sub-administrator, accounting agent, investor services agent and transfer agent and provides legal and regulatory support services. PFPC Trust Company, another subsidiary of PNC, serves as custodian of our investment assets. Fees and indemnification in respect of BlackRock and the PFPC entities as providers of such services were approved by our Board of Directors, including the directors who are not “interested persons.”

We will not invest in any private company in which BlackRock, Kelso, or any of their affiliates holds an existing investment, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We may, however, co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of BlackRock or Kelso, subject to compliance with such affiliates’ applicable allocation procedures.

The Advisor and certain entities it manages own shares of our common stock, including Holding, which owns 35,413,649 shares, or 94%, of our common stock at December 31, 2006. However, neither Holding nor the Advisor in its capacity as manager of Holding exercises voting control over those shares because the right to vote those shares is, in some cases, passed through to the owners of Holding or, in other cases, voted in the same proportion as the votes that are passed through.

The Advisor is controlled by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar, the managing members of the Advisor.

See Note 3 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding these relationships and transactions.

Certain of the Advisor’s members and employees (the “re-allocation group”) are entitled to receive from Holding a number of shares of our common stock if the performance of our common stock exceeds certain thresholds. If, upon the expiration of any lock-up agreement to which Holding is subject following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock exceeds a threshold multiple in respect of the net asset value of the common stock as adjusted to reflect any impact on net asset value resulting from any sale of the common stock by us, then the re-allocation group is entitled to a number of shares of common stock with a value equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock owned by Holding multiplied by the excess of the market price over the net asset value of our common stock. In addition, if upon specified dates the internal rate of return to the members of Holding exceeds 20%, then the re-allocation group is entitled to a number of shares of common stock owned by Holding with a value equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock owned by Holding multiplied by the excess of the market price over the net asset value of our common stock. Internal rate of return means the discount rate at which the present value of the future cash flows of an investment equals the cost of the investment. See “The Advisor—Additional compensation to affiliates of the Advisor” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

69


Table of Contents

From time to time, we may invest in transactions in which our directors and officers or the officers and employees of the Advisor have a pecuniary interest. Prior to making any such investment, we intend to comply with the relevant provisions of the 1940 Act to the extent they apply to us as a business development company and any other applicable laws. Depending on the extent of the individual’s pecuniary interest, the Advisor will disclose the interest to its investment committee, our senior management and our Board of Directors and may, among other actions, seek the Board’s approval to enter into the transaction and require the individual to recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and voting of our Board of Directors, the Advisor and its investment committee with respect to the transaction.

Mr. Maher, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors, is a former partner, and Mr. Mayer, one of our Directors, is currently a partner, of Park Avenue Equity Partners, L.P. (“Park Avenue”), a private equity fund manager specializing in middle-market management buyouts and growth capital investments. In addition, an employee of the Advisor is a former employee of Park Avenue. Mr. Maher and the employee have economic interests in Park Avenue. Mr. Maher and Mr. Mayer own limited partner interests in the fund managed by Park Avenue. During 2006, we purchased $5,250,000 of senior secured loans of DynaVox Systems LLC and $14,400,000 of senior secured loans of Joerns Healthcare, LLC et al., both of which are portfolio companies of the fund managed by Park Avenue. The transactions were approved by the Advisor, its investment committee and our Board of Directors after disclosure of these facts.

Mr. Maher owns a limited partnership interest in a private equity fund managed by Vestar Capital Partners (“Vestar”), a private equity management firm specializing in management buyouts and growth capital investments. During 2006, we purchased the loans of DynaVox Systems LLC and of Joerns Healthcare, LLC et al. described above, and a $16,000,000 participation in a senior secured loan of Gleason Corporation and $8,000,000 participation in subordinated debt of MediMedia USA, Inc., each of which are portfolio companies of Vestar. The transactions were approved by the Advisor and its investment committee after consideration of the significant relevant factors and disclosed to our Board of Directors.

 

70


Table of Contents

THE ADVISOR

Our investment activities are managed by the Advisor. The Advisor is led by James R. Maher, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael B. Lazar, our Chief Operating Officer. They are supported by the Advisor’s team of employees, including 14 dedicated investment professionals, who have extensive experience in commercial banking, investment banking, accounting, corporate law and private equity investing. Since the commencement of our operations, our Advisor’s team of investment professionals, including our senior management, has evaluated more than 600 investment opportunities and completed on our behalf more than 70 investments in middle-market companies investing in excess of $1 billion through March 2007. Our Advisor is responsible for identifying prospective customers, conducting research on prospective investments, identifying and underwriting credit risk, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

The Advisor has an investment committee comprised of 13 members, including Messrs. Maher and Lazar and several senior executives of BlackRock and several of the Kelso Principals. The investment committee is responsible for approving our investments. We benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the BlackRock executives and Kelso Principals serving on the investment committee. Many of the BlackRock senior executives and the Kelso Principals who are members of the investment committee have worked together in a similar capacity since 1998. Although the BlackRock executives and Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee bring the benefit of expertise they have gained at BlackRock, Kelso and elsewhere, neither of those organizations provides us with investment advice. Nevertheless, we benefit from the business and specific industry knowledge, transaction expertise and deal-sourcing capabilities of BlackRock. The Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee bring the benefit of the expertise they gained at Kelso and elsewhere including providing access to a broad network of contacts.

BlackRock.    BlackRock is one of the world’s largest publicly traded investment management firms. As of December 31, 2006, the assets under management of BlackRock were over $1.1 trillion. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutions and individuals worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investment products. In addition, a growing number of institutional investors use BlackRock Solutions® investment system, risk management and financial advisory services.

BlackRock manages approximately $453 billion in fixed income investments as of December 31, 2006, and as of that date manages over $14 billion in non-investment grade assets, including $6.8 billion in bank loan assets across all client accounts. BlackRock has over 100 portfolio managers and 50 credit research analysts in the fixed income area, including a 21 person bank loan and high yield group. BlackRock emphasizes rigorous credit and deal structure analysis, relative value assessment against pertinent investment risks and ongoing surveillance and risk management. All of the principals who founded the firm in 1988 remain affiliated with the firm.

BlackRock has developed a dedicated professional staff, systems, software and procedures necessary for overseeing tax reporting, trading and other administrative, accounting and portfolio and regulatory compliance functions on behalf of its clients. Through our Administrator, we benefit from the existing infrastructure and administrative capabilities of BlackRock. The BlackRock organization has over 18 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of December 31, 2006, advised a closed-end family of 103 active funds with approximately $43.4 billion in assets.

The Advisor is controlled by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar, the managing members of the Advisor.

On September 29, 2006, BlackRock and Merrill Lynch completed the plan entered into February 15, 2006 to merge Merrill Lynch’s investment management business, Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, and BlackRock to create a new independent asset management company. The new company operates under the BlackRock name and is governed by a board of directors with a majority of independent members. As a result of the transaction, Merrill Lynch owns approximately 49% of the combined company, with a 45% voting interest. PNC retains approximately a 34% ownership of the combined company, and the remainder is held by employees and public stockholders.

 

71


Table of Contents

Kelso.    The Kelso Principals have an average tenure of at least fifteen years at Kelso. Kelso is a leading private equity firm and since 1980 has invested over $4.1 billion of private equity capital, primarily in middle-market companies across a broad range of industries. Kelso was organized in 1971 as a private advisory firm and initially focused its business activities on the development and implementation of employee stock ownership plans. In 1980, Kelso formed its first investment partnership and has made more than 80 private equity investments predominantly through seven investment partnerships since that time. The firm typically makes investments in companies where key managers make significant investments and works in partnership with management teams to create value for investors. Kelso has acted as an advisor to BlackRock with respect to BlackRock’s high yield business generally, including mezzanine, private equity and special situations investments, since 2000. From 1998 to the fund’s maturity in early 2007, Kelso acted as the mezzanine and special situations advisor to Magnetite Asset Investors L.L.C., a BlackRock-managed private investment fund with initial capital of $1.0 billion that invested primarily in public and private debt obligations. The Kelso Principals have obligations to Kelso and its affiliates as to devotion of business time and allocation of deal flow. Although the Kelso Principals who serve on the investment committee will bring the benefit of the expertise they have gained at Kelso and elsewhere, Kelso as an organization will not participate in the activities of the Advisor or advise us.

Portfolio managers

Messrs. Maher and Lazar are the persons primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of our portfolio. Both Mr. Maher and Mr. Lazar have been employed by the Advisor since its formation in 2004. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Maher and Lazar is set forth under “Management of the Company—Biographical information.”

Each investment opportunity requires the consensus of the investment committee in order to be approved, except that investments of less than approximately 3% of our net assets may be made without the prior approval of the investment committee if approved by Messrs. Maher and Lazar and two other members of the investment committee, one of whom must be an individual from BlackRock and the other a Kelso Principal.

At December 31, 2006, each of Mr. Maher and Mr. Lazar was a full time employee of the Advisor. Each has ownership and financial interests in the Advisor. Neither Mr. Maher nor Mr. Lazar receives any direct compensation from us.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our common stock beneficially owned by each of the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2006.

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Common

Stock Owned by Portfolio Manager(1)

James R. Maher

   Over $1,000,000

Michael B. Lazar

   Over $1,000,000

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None; $1-$10,000; $10,001-$50,000; $50,001-$100,000; $100,001-$500,000; $500,001-$1,000,000; or over $1,000,000.

 

72


Table of Contents

The investment committee

The Advisor’s investment activities are overseen by its investment committee. The members of the investment committee are:

 

Committee Member   Affiliation   Title at Affiliated Entity
James R. Maher   BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Michael B. Lazar   BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC   Chief Operating Officer
Laurence D. Fink   BlackRock, Inc.   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Ralph L. Schlosstein   BlackRock, Inc.   President
Robert S. Kapito   BlackRock, Inc.   Vice Chairman and Head of Portfolio
Management
Keith Anderson   BlackRock, Inc.   Vice Chairman and Global Chief
Investment Officer for Fixed Income
Sacha M. Bacro   BlackRock, Inc.   Managing Director and Head of
Structured Products
Jeff Gary   BlackRock, Inc.   Managing Director and Co-Head of
High Yield and Bank Loans
Mark J. Williams   BlackRock, Inc.   Managing Director and Co-Head of
High Yield and Bank Loans
Frank T. Nickell   Kelso & Company, L.P.   President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael B. Goldberg   Kelso & Company, L.P.   Managing Director
Frank J. Loverro   Kelso & Company, L.P.   Managing Director
George E. Matelich   Kelso & Company, L.P.   Managing Director

The investment committee meets monthly to set our general investment policies, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by the Advisor on our behalf. In addition, the investment committee reviews prospective investments identified by the Advisor’s investment team and monitors the performance of our investment portfolio. The investment committee’s role is limited to providing oversight and guidance to compliment and supervise the Advisor’s day-to-day management of our investment portfolio. Each member of the investment committee has a single vote and each member’s vote counts equally.

Investment management agreement

We have entered into an investment management agreement, or management agreement, with the Advisor, under which the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, manages our day-to-day operations of and provides us with investment advisory services. For providing these services, the Advisor receives a base management fee from us at an annual rate of 2.0% of our total assets, including any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage, payable quarterly in arrears. On March 27, 2007, we held our annual meeting of stockholders at which time an amendment to our management agreement was approved. The management agreement was amended to clarify the language used to describe the formula pursuant to which the Incentive Fee is calculated and to make more explicit that the Incentive Fee formula complies with the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Advisor earned $6,780,053 in base management fees, net of waiver provisions applicable during that period, under the management agreement, which fees would have been $11,094,308 without the waiver. For the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through

 

73


Table of Contents

December 31, 2005, the Advisor earned $2,334,922 in base management fees, net of waiver provisions applicable during that period, under the management agreement, which fees would have been $4,669,844 without the waiver.

The management agreement provides that the Advisor or its affiliates may be entitled to the Incentive Fee under certain circumstances. The determination of the Incentive Fee, as described in more detail below, will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving no Incentive Fee payments if returns to our stockholders do not meet an 8.0% annualized rate of return and will result in the Advisor or its affiliates receiving less than the full amount of the Incentive Fee percentage until returns to our stockholders exceed an approximate 13.3% annualized rate of return.

The Advisor will be entitled to receive the Incentive Fee from us if our performance exceeds a “hurdle rate” during different periods. The hurdle rate for each measurement period is 2.0% times the net asset value of our common shares at the beginning of the measurement period calculated after giving effect to any distributions that occurred during the measurement period times the number of calendar quarters in the measurement period.

For the period beginning on July 25, 2006, the first anniversary of the date we commenced operations, to the beginning of the calendar quarter in which this offering is completed, we have paid and, assuming our performance continues to exceed the hurdle rate, will pay the Advisor an Incentive Fee equal to the amount by which the aggregate cumulative distributions and amounts distributable out of taxable net income (including realized capital gain) exceeds the cumulative combination of realized capital loss and net unrealized capital depreciation, if any, through the period of determination. We refer to the amount of the excess described in this paragraph as the pre-offering excess amount.

The Incentive Fee for this period will equal 50% of the pre-offering excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments for this period equals 20% of the pre-offering excess amount distributed or distributable to investors. Thereafter, the Incentive Fee for this period will equal an amount such that the cumulative Incentive Fee payments to the Advisor during this period equal 20% of the pre-offering excess amount.

For the period beginning on the first day of the calendar quarter in which this offering is completed and ending on the first anniversary of this date, assuming our performance exceeds the hurdle rate, we will pay the Advisor an Incentive Fee equal to the amount by which the aggregate distributions and amounts distributable out of taxable net income (including realized capital gains) exceeds the combination of (1) realized capital loss occurring during the period and (2) net unrealized capital depreciation, if any, occurring during the period. We refer to the amount of the excess described in this paragraph as the transition period excess amount.

The Incentive Fee for this period will equal 50% of the transition period excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments for this period equals 20% of the transition period excess amount distributed or distributable to investors. Thereafter, the Incentive Fee for this period will equal an amount such that the cumulative Incentive Fee payments to the Advisor during this period equal 20% of the sum of the transition period excess amount.

For each trailing four quarter period beginning on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the first anniversary of the completion of this offering occurs, assuming our performance exceeds the hurdle rate, we will pay the Advisor an Incentive Fee if the aggregate distributions and amounts distributable out of taxable net income (including realized capital gains) exceed the combination of (i) realized capital loss occurring during the period and (ii) unrealized capital depreciation, if any, occurring during the period. We refer to the amount of the excess described in this paragraph as the post-offering quarterly excess amount.

The Incentive Fee for this period will equal 50% of the post-offering quarterly excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments for this period equals 20% of the post-offering quarterly excess amount distributed or distributable to investors. Thereafter, the Incentive Fee for this period will equal an amount such that the cumulative Incentive Fee payments to the Advisor during this period equal 20% of the sum of the post-offering quarterly excess amount.

 

74


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing, the amount of any Incentive Fee payable from realized capital gains for any specified period will not exceed the amount permitted by the Advisers Act as interpreted from time to time by the SEC and its staff. As currently interpreted, the amount of the Incentive Fee payable from realized capital gain for any specified period is 20% of our realized capital gains for the period computed net of realized capital losses for the period (but excluding any realized capital loss that results from the conversion of unrealized capital depreciation from a prior period into a realized capital loss in the current period) and unrealized capital depreciation for the period.

For the period from July 25, 2006 (the first anniversary of our inception of operations) through December 31, 2006, $4,443,298 of Incentive Fee was paid or payable by us to the Advisor. No Incentive Fee was paid or payable by us to the Advisor prior to that period.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the Incentive Fee on a trailing four quarter basis:

Annual Incentive Fee

Net income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

LOGO

Percentage of net income subject to Incentive Fee

Net income refers to the transition period excess amount and the post-offering quarterly excess amount, as applicable, used in the examples below. The Incentive Fee is computed on a cumulative basis over the applicable measurement period. If the Hurdle is exceeded in any interim quarter but on a cumulative basis is not exceeded for the entire measurement period, no Incentive Fee is payable with respect to such quarter.

Examples of Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: For the period from the first day of the calendar quarter in which this offering is completed and ending on the first anniversary of such date

Assumptions

 

   

Number of full calendar quarters in period = 4

   

Quarter 1 quarterly transition period excess amount(1) = 1.00%

 

   

Quarter 1 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (because Quarter 1 transition period excess amount of 1.00% does not exceed quarterly Hurdle of 2.00%)

 

   

Quarter 2 quarterly transition period excess amount(1) = 3.00%

 

   

Quarter 2 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (because sum of Quarter 1, and Quarter 2 transition period excess amounts of 4.00% does not exceed cumulative two-quarter Hurdle of 4.00%)

 

   

Quarter 3 quarterly transition period excess amount(1) = 2.00%

 

   

Quarter 3 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (because sum of Quarter 1, Quarter 2 and Quarter 3 transition period excess amounts of 6.00% does not exceed cumulative three-quarter Hurdle of 6.00%)

 

   

Realized capital gains(1) = 0.50%

 

   

Realized capital losses(1) = 0.10%

 

   

Hurdle(2) = 8.00%

 

   

Base management fee(3) = 0.50% per quarter

 

   

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(1)(4) = 0.25% per quarter

 

75


Table of Contents

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Quarter 4 taxable investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc. and net realized capital gain to the extent in excess of unrealized net capital depreciation)(1) = 1.75%

 

   

Quarterly transition period excess amount = (taxable investment income - (base management fee + other expenses))

= 1.75% - (0.50% + 0.25%) = 1.00%

 

   

Transition period excess amount = Quarter 1 + Quarter 2 + Quarter 3 + Quarter 4 quarterly transition period excess amounts = 1.00% + 3.00% + 2.00% + 1.00% = 7.00%

Transition period excess amount does not exceed Hurdle, therefore there is no Incentive Fee payable in Quarter 4. If an incentive fee had been earned and paid with respect to any prior period (which in this case it had not), it would not be refunded as incentive fees in any prior period are not subject to repayment based upon performance in a subsequent period.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Quarter 4 taxable investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc. and net realized capital gain to the extent in excess of unrealized net capital depreciation)(1) = 4.75%

 

   

Quarterly transition period excess amount = (taxable investment income - (base management fee + other expenses))

= 4.75% - (0.50% + 0.25%) = 4.00%

 

   

Unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation(1) = 0.50%

 

   

Transition period excess amount = Quarter 1 + Quarter 2 + Quarter 3 + Quarter 4 quarterly transition period excess amounts = 1.00% + 3.00% + 2.00% + 4.00% = 10.00%

Transition period excess amount exceeds Hurdle, therefore there is an Incentive Fee payable in Quarter 4. The Incentive Fee for this quarter equals 50% of the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments equal 20% of the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount (would occur if the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount were 13.33% or higher, which is not the case in this example), less any incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters.

Incentive Fee = 50% x (trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount - Hurdle) - incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters

= 50% x (10.00% - 8.00%) - 0.00% = 50% x 2.00% - 0.00% = 1.00%

The portion of Incentive Fee attributable to realized capital gains must not exceed the limitations of Section 205(b)(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Limitation = 20% x (realized capital gains - realized capital losses - unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation)

= 20% x (0.50% - 0.10% - 0.50%)

= zero, as net realized capital gains do not exceed unrealized capital depreciation for the period

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Quarter 4 taxable investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc. and net realized capital gain to the extent in excess of unrealized net capital depreciation)(1) = 8.25%

 

76


Table of Contents
   

Quarterly transition period excess amount = (taxable investment income - (base management fee + other expenses))

= 8.25% - (0.50% + 0.25%) = 7.50%

 

   

Unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation(1) = 0.25%

 

   

Transition period excess amount = Quarter 1 + Quarter 2 + Quarter 3 + Quarter 4 quarterly transition period excess amounts = 1.00% + 3.00% + 2.00% + 7.50% = 13.50%

Transition period excess amount exceeds Hurdle, therefore there is an Incentive Fee payable in Quarter 4. The Incentive Fee for this quarter equals 50% of the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments equal 20% of the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount (would occur if the trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount were 13.33% or higher, which is the case in this example), less any incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters.

Incentive Fee = 50% x (13.33% - Hurdle) + 20% x (trailing four quarters’ transition period excess amount - 13.33%) - incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters

= 50% x 5.33% + 20% x (13.50% - 13.33%) - 0.00% = 50% x 5.33% + 20% x 0.17% - 0.00% = 2.70%

The portion of Incentive Fee attributable to realized capital gains must not exceed the limitations of Section 205(b)(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Limitation = 20% x (realized capital gains - realized capital losses - unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation)

= 20% x (0.50% - 0.10% - 0.25%) = 0.03%

Example 2: For each trailing four quarter period beginning on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the first anniversary of the completion of this offering occurs

Assumptions

 

   

Number of full calendar quarters in period = 4

 

   

Quarter 1 post-offering quarterly excess amount(1) = 1.00%

 

   

Quarter 1 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (for same reason as in Example 1)

 

   

Quarter 2 post-offering quarterly excess amount(1) = 3.00%

 

   

Quarter 2 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (for same reason as in Example 1)

 

   

Quarter 3 post-offering quarterly excess amount(1) = 2.00%

 

   

Quarter 3 incentive fee paid = 0.00% (for same reason as in Example 1)

 

   

Quarter 4 post-offering quarterly excess amount(1) = 7.50%

 

   

Quarter 4 incentive fee paid = 2.70% (from Example 1, Alternative 3)

 

   

Realized capital gains(1) = 0.50%

 

   

Realized capital losses(1) = 0.10%

 

   

Hurdle(2) = 8.00%

 

   

Base management fee(3) = 0.50% per quarter

 

   

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(1)(4) = 0.25% per quarter

 

77


Table of Contents

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Quarter 5 taxable investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc. and net realized capital gain to the extent in excess of unrealized net capital depreciation)(1) = 3.75%

 

   

Post-offering quarterly excess amount = (taxable investment income - (base management fee + other expenses))

= 3.75% - (0.50% + 0.25%) = 3.00%

 

   

Unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation(1) = 0.25%

 

   

Post-offering excess amount = Quarter 2 + Quarter 3 + Quarter 4 + Quarter 5 post-offering quarterly excess amounts = 3.00% + 2.00% + 7.50% + 3.00% = 15.50%

Post-offering quarterly excess amount exceeds Hurdle, therefore there is an Incentive Fee payable in Quarter 5. The Incentive Fee for this quarter equals 50% of the trailing four quarters’ post-offering quarterly excess amount, until the cumulative Incentive Fee payments equal 20% of the trailing four quarters’ post-offering quarterly excess amount (would occur if the trailing four quarters’ post-offering quarterly excess amount were 13.33% or higher, which is the case in this example), less any incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters.

Incentive Fee = 50% x (13.33% - Hurdle) + 20% x (trailing four quarters’ post-offering quarterly excess amount - 13.33%) - incentive fees paid in the prior three quarters

= 50% x 5.33% + 20% x (15.50% - 13.33%) - 2.70% = 50% x 5.33% + 20% x 2.17% - 2.70%

= 3.10% - 2.70% = 0.40%

The portion of Incentive Fee attributable to realized capital gains must not exceed the limitations of Section 205(b)(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Limitation = 20% x (realized capital gains - realized capital losses - unrealized capital depreciation without taking into consideration unrealized capital appreciation)

= 20% x (0.50% - 0.10% - 0.25%) = 0.03%

 


(1) Expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets.
(2) Hurdle is 8.00% annually.
(3) Represents annualized base management fee of 2.00% of the value of total assets.
(4) Excludes offering expenses.

Payment of our expenses

All investment professionals and staff of the Advisor, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Advisor. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

   

our organization;

 

   

calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firms);

 

   

expenses incurred by the Advisor payable to third parties in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

   

the costs of future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;

 

   

the base management fee and any incentive management fee;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

distributions on our common shares;

 

   

administration fees payable under the administration agreement;

 

   

fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments;

 

   

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

   

registration fees;

 

   

listing fees;

 

   

taxes;

 

   

independent director fees and expenses;

 

   

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

   

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

   

our fidelity bond;

 

   

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

   

indemnification payments;

 

   

direct costs and expenses of administration, including audit and legal costs; and

 

   

all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

We will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $469,287 for costs and expenses reimbursable to the Advisor under the management agreement. For the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) to December 31, 2005, we incurred $138,405 for cost and expenses reimbursable to the Advisor under the management agreement.

From time to time, the Advisor may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse the Advisor for such amounts paid on our behalf. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, we reimbursed the Advisor $1,053,392 and $0, respectively, for payments made on our behalf to third party providers of goods and services.

Indemnification

The management agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Advisor is not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any loss sustained by us or our stockholders, and provides for indemnification by us of its members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by it in connection with their services to us, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

Board and stockholder approval of the investment management agreement

The management agreement was originally approved by our Board of Directors at an in-person meeting of the Board of Directors held on April 14, 2005, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the

 

79


Table of Contents

agreements or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act). In addition, the management agreement was approved by our sole stockholder on July 21, 2005. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment management agreement is available in our Proxy Statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Duration and termination

The management agreement will continue in effect until July 25, 2007, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of twelve months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of our Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and (2) the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors who are not parties to the management agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. We may terminate the management agreement as a whole at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of our Board of Directors or a majority of our outstanding voting securities or by the Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The management agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

Additional compensation to affiliates of the Advisor

As of December 31, 2006, Holding owned approximately 94%, or 35,413,649 shares, of our outstanding common stock. As of that date, the Advisor, its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, BlackRock, the Kelso Principals and certain other individuals owned an aggregate of approximately 8% of the outstanding limited liability company interests in Holding. In addition, certain of the Advisor’s members and employees (the “re-allocation group”) are entitled to receive from Holding a number of shares of our common stock if the performance of our common stock exceeds certain thresholds. If, upon the expiration of any lock-up agreement to which Holding is subject following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock exceeds a threshold multiple in respect of the net asset value of the common stock as adjusted to reflect any impact on net asset value resulting from any sale of the common stock by us, then the re-allocation group is entitled to a number of shares of common stock with a value equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock owned by Holding multiplied by the excess of the market price over the net asset value of our common stock. In addition, if upon specified dates the internal rate of return to the members of Holding exceeds a certain threshold, then the re-allocation group is entitled to a number of shares of common stock owned by Holding with a value equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock owned by Holding multiplied by the excess of the market price over the net asset value of our common stock. Internal rate of return means the discount rate at which the present value of the future cash flows of an investment equals the cost of the investment. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Organization of the advisor

The Advisor is organized as a Delaware limited liability company. The Advisor is an investment advisor registered as an investment advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Advisers Act. Its principal executive offices are located at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY. The Advisor is controlled by James R. Maher and Michael B. Lazar, the managing members of the Advisor.

Administration agreement

We have entered into an administration agreement with the Administrator, a subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., under which the Administrator provides administrative services to us. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

 

80


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, we incurred $588,741 and $435,483, respectively, for administrative services expenses payable to the Administrator under the administration agreement.

From time to time, the Administrator may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse the Administrator for such amounts paid on our behalf. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, we reimbursed the Administrator $33,829 and $198,875, respectively, for payments made on our behalf to third party providers of goods and services.

License agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with BlackRock and the Advisor pursuant to which BlackRock has agreed to grant to the Advisor, and the Advisor has agreed to grant to us, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “BlackRock.” In addition, we have entered into a license agreement with Michael B. Lazar, our Chief Operating Officer, and the Advisor pursuant to which Mr. Lazar has agreed to grant to the Advisor, and the Advisor has agreed to grant to us, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Kelso.” Mr. Lazar obtained this limited right to license the name “Kelso” under an agreement with Kelso.

 

81


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, our Board of Directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of our Board of Directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our Board of Directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our Board of Directors, independent valuation firms engaged by our Board of Directors conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of our Board of Directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the investment professionals, senior management and independent valuation firms; and

 

   

the Board of Directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

Determinations in connection with offerings

In connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, our Board of Directors or one of its committees will be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our Board of Directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

 

   

the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

 

   

our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

   

the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC and our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Importantly, this determination will not require that we calculate the net asset value of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our Board of Directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act.

To the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or trigger the undertaking (which we provide in certain registration statements we file with the SEC) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value of our common stock fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, our Board of Directors will elect either to postpone the offering until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then current net asset value, and to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

 

83


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of your common shares elects to receive cash by contacting PFPC Inc., or PFPC, a Massachusetts corporation, agent for stockholders in administering our dividend reinvestment plan, or the plan, all dividends declared for you in common shares of our company will be automatically reinvested by the plan agent in additional common shares of our company. If the registered owner of your common shares elects not to participate in the plan, you will receive all dividends in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by PFPC, as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the plan and to receive all dividends in cash by sending written instructions or by contacting PFPC, as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by contacting the plan agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of our company for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of our company to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the plan, please contact your broker.

The plan agent will open an account for each common stockholder under the plan in the same name in which such common stockholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever we declare a dividend or other distribution payable in cash, non-participants in the plan will receive cash and participants in the plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the plan agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from us, or newly issued common shares, or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market, or open-market purchases, on the Nasdaq Global Market or elsewhere.

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per common share, a condition known as a market premium, the plan agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued common shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the market value per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions, a condition known as market discount, the plan agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the plan agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 120 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner, or the last purchase date, to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that we will pay quarterly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the “ex-dividend” date of the third month of the quarter. If, before the plan agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the plan agent may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the plan agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the plan agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested

 

84


Table of Contents

portion of the dividend amount in newly issued common shares at the net asset value per common share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

The plan agent maintains all stockholders’ accounts in the plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by stockholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each plan participant will be held by the plan agent on behalf of the plan participant, and each stockholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the plan. The plan agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

In the case of stockholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the plan agent will administer the plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record stockholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by us. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. For additional details, see “Tax Matters.” Participants that request a sale of shares through the plan agent are subject to a $2.50 sales fee and a $0.15 per share sold brokerage commission.

We reserve the right to amend or terminate the plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the plan; however, we reserve the right to amend the plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan agent at PFPC Inc., 301 Bellevue Parkway Wilmington, DE 19809.

 

85


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

General

Under the terms of our amended certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist solely of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 38,944,673 shares were outstanding as of March 28, 2007, and 500 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of March 28, 2007.

Set forth below are our outstanding classes of capital stock as of March 28, 2007.

 

     Title of Class    Amount
Authorized
   Amount Held by
Company or for
its Account
   Amount
Outstanding

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

   Common Stock    100,000,000    —      38,944,673

Common stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future under the Securities Act in specified circumstances. In addition, holders of our common stock may participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

Preferred stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock. The 1940 Act limits the rights and preferences of the preferred stock that our certificate of incorporation may provide and requires, among other things, that immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and our preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%, and the holder of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if and for so long as dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock. The features of the preferred stock will be further limited by the requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The purpose of authorizing our board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Delaware law and certain charter and bylaw provisions; anti-takeover measures

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with “interested stockholders” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business

 

86


Table of Contents

combination” includes certain mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with his affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

   

the Board of Directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

 

   

subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote a majority of the directors then in office.

The classification of our Board of Directors and the limitations on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our Board of Directors, Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President.

Delaware’s corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation permits our Board of Directors to amend or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws generally can be amended by approval of at least 66 2/3% of the total number of authorized directors subject to certain exceptions, including provisions relating to the size of our board, and certain actions requiring board approval, which provisions will require the vote of 75% of our Board of Directors to be amended. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal any of the provisions of our amended and restated bylaws.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

Under our amended certificate of incorporation, we shall fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested, non-party directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct.

Delaware law also provides that indemnification permitted under the law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise.

We have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Anti-takeover provisions

Our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of us or to change the composition of our Board of Directors. This could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operation. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting,

 

87


Table of Contents

one class of Directors is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors. A director may be removed from office by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective director.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our Board of Directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our Directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares, or a principal stockholder, refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our voting securities.

The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of us or any subsidiary of ours with or into any principal stockholder; the issuance of any of our securities to any principal stockholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan or rights offering in which the holder does not increase its percentage of voting securities; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets to any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to us or any subsidiary of ours, in exchange for our securities, of any assets of any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert us to an open-end investment company, to liquidate and dissolve us, to merge or consolidate us with any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same anti-takeover provisions as described in this prospectus or to amend any of the provisions discussed herein, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our Board of Directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series of our shares, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of our Directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) shall be required. If approved in the foregoing manner, our conversion to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the stockholders meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days prior notice to all stockholders. As part of any such conversion, substantially all of our investment policies and strategies and portfolio would have to be modified to assure the degree of portfolio liquidity required for open-end investment companies. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on any national securities exchange or market system. Stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. You should assume that it is not likely that our Board of Directors would vote to convert us to an open-end fund.

For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under our certificate of incorporation, each class and series of our shares will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or our certificate of incorporation, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

Our Board of Directors has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Directors and the stockholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of stockholders generally. Reference should be made to our certificate of incorporation on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.

 

88


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

We, our executive officers and directors and certain other stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell any shares of our common stock that we or they own for a period of             from the date of this prospectus, as described below. This agreement, referred to as a “lock-up agreement,” may be waived by                                                  . After all of the lock-up agreements expire, an aggregate of additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we have agreed, and are permitted pursuant to the terms of our lock-up agreement, to file a shelf registration statement covering all of the shares of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering shortly after the completion of this offering. See “Description of Shares.”

Upon the completion of this offering, as a result of the issuance of             shares of common stock, we will have             shares of our common stock outstanding, of which             shares will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including exemptions contained in Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates, the holder of such restricted securities can sell such securities, provided that the number of securities sold by such person within any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. If two years have elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates and the holder is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such person can sell such securities in the public market under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements. No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of the common stock. See “Risks—Risks related to this offering.”

 

89


Table of Contents

REGULATION

We are a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisors or sub-advisors), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations and foreign exchange rate. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investment. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies are fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

   

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

   

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

   

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

   

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange.

 

   

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

   

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

   

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

90


Table of Contents
   

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

   

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Eligible portfolio company

An eligible portfolio company is generally a domestic company that is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by a BDC) and that:

 

   

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange;

 

   

is controlled by the BDC and has an affiliate of a BDC on its board of directors; or

 

   

meets such other criteria as may be established by the SEC.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

In October 2006, the SEC re-proposed rules providing for an additional definition of eligible portfolio company. As re-proposed, the rule would expand the definition of eligible portfolio company to include certain public companies that list their securities on a national securities exchange. The SEC is seeking comment regarding the application of this proposed rule to companies with: (1) a public float of less than $75 million; (2) a market capitalization of less than $150 million; or (3) a market capitalization of less than $250 million. There is no assurance that such proposal will be adopted or what the final proposal will entail.

Managerial assistance to portfolio companies

In addition, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Regulation—Qualifying assets” above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our investment advisor will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

91


Table of Contents

Senior securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risks—Risks related to our operations as a BDC.”

Code of ethics

We and the Advisor have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following Email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy voting policies and procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Advisor. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Advisor are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the Advisor and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment advisor registered under the Advisers Act, the Advisor has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests and in the best interests of our stockholders. As part of this duty, the Advisor recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. The Advisor’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary duties.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy policies

The Advisor evaluates routine proxy matters, such as proxy proposals, amendments or resolutions on a case-by-case basis. Routine matters are typically proposed by management and the Advisor will normally support such matters so long as they do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation and are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.

The Advisor also evaluates non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis. Non-routine proposals concerning social issues are typically proposed by stockholders who believe that the corporation’s internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided. If the Advisor has determined that management is generally socially responsible, the Advisor will generally vote against these types of non-routine proposals. Non-routine proposals concerning financial or corporate issues are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation’s legal,

 

92


Table of Contents

business or financial structure. The Advisor will generally vote in favor of such proposals provided the position of current stockholders is preserved or enhanced. Non-routine proposals concerning stockholder rights are made regularly by both management and stockholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or stockholder voting power. The Advisor typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeovers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, the Advisor believes stability and continuity promote profitability. The Advisor’s guidelines in this area seek a middle road and individual proposals will be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

The Advisor has engaged a third-party service provider to assist it in the voting of proxies. This third-party service provider makes recommendations to the Advisor, based on its guidelines, as to how our votes should be cast. These recommendations are then reviewed by the Advisor’s employees, one of whom must approve the proxy vote in writing and return such written approval to the Administrator’s operations group. The Advisor recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our stockholders. If there is any possibility that a vote may involve a material conflict of interest, prior to approving such vote, the Advisor must consult with its chief compliance officer to determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material, the Advisor’s employees shall vote the proxy in accordance with the Advisor’s proxy voting policy.

Proxy voting records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to:

Chief Compliance Officer

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

40 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Other

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or issue and sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our Board of Directors determines that such sale is in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve our policy and practice of making such sales. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our Board of Directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Board of Directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and the Advisor have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, reviewed these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designated a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

 

93


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. From the commencement of our operations through December 31, 2006, we paid brokerage commissions totaling approximately $26,000. Subject to policies established by our Board of Directors, the Advisor is primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Advisor does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While the Advisor generally seeks reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the Advisor may select a broker based partly on brokerage or research services provided to the Advisor and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

94


Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following is a general discussion of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern our taxation and our stockholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any change may be retroactive. The discussion does not purport to deal with all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to us, or which may be important to particular shareholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to some types of stockholders subject to special tax rules, such as financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons holding our common shares in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons engaged in a trade or business in the United States or persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens. This discussion assumes that the stockholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting us and our stockholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in our shares.

Taxation of the company

We intend to qualify each year to be taxed as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. To continue to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90 percent of our gross income (including tax-exempt interest) from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualify public traded partnership” (a “QPTP”); and (b) diversify our holdings so that, at the end of each fiscal quarter (i) at least 50 percent of the market value of our total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than five percent of the value of our total assets and not more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer (subject to the exception described below), and (ii) not more than 25 percent of the market value of our total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), the securities of any two or more issuers that we control and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In the case of a RIC that furnishes capital to development corporations, there is an exception to the rule relating to the diversification of investments described above. This exception is available only to registered management investment companies which the SEC determines to be principally engaged in the furnishing of capital to other corporations which are principally engaged in the development or exploitation of inventions, technological improvements, new processes, or products not previously generally available (“SEC Certification”). We have not received SEC Certification, but it is possible that we will receive SEC Certification in future years. If we receive SEC Certification, we generally will be entitled to include, in the computation of the 50 percent value of our assets (described in (b)(i) above), the value of any securities of an issuer, whether or not we own more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, if the basis of the securities, when added to our basis of any other securities of the issuer that we own, does not exceed five percent of the value of our total assets.

As a RIC, in any fiscal year with respect to which we distribute at least 90 percent of the sum of our (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses and other taxable income (other than any net capital gain), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) net tax exempt interest (which is the excess of our gross tax exempt interest income over

 

95


Table of Contents

certain disallowed deductions) (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”), we (but not our stockholders) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. To the extent that we retain our net capital gains for investment, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax. We may choose to retain our net capital gains for investment and pay the associated federal corporate income tax.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible four percent excise tax payable by us. To avoid this tax, we must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of:

(1) at least 98 percent of our ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year;

(2) at least 98 percent of our capital gains in excess of our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use the our fiscal year); and

(3) any undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

While we intend to distribute any income and capital gains in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the four percent excise tax, sufficient amounts of our taxable income and capital gains may not be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

If, in any particular taxable year, we do not qualify as a RIC or do not satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, all of our taxable income (including our net capital gains) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to stockholders, and distributions will be taxable to the stockholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

We may decide to be taxed as a corporation even if we would otherwise qualify as a RIC.

Company investments

We may make certain investments which would subject us to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may defer the use of certain deductions or losses and affect the holding period of securities held by us and the character of the gains or losses realized by us. These provisions may also require that we recognize income or gain without receiving cash with which to make distributions. In particular, we may recognize original issue discount if we acquire zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or certain other securities, or if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances. Such original issue discount, which could but is not expected to be significant relative to our overall investment activities, generally will be included in income in the taxable year of accrual and before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

Since in certain circumstances we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty making distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining RIC status and for avoiding income and excise taxes. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thereby be subject to corporate-level income tax.

In the event we invest in foreign securities, we may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes with respect to those securities. We do not expect to satisfy the requirement to pass through to our shareholders their share of the foreign taxes paid by us.

 

96


Table of Contents

Taxation of U.S. shareholders

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” (or in this section, a “stockholder”) is a holder or a beneficial holder of shares which is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) a person who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a domestic corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if (a) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) the trust has in effect a valid election to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes holds the shares, the tax treatment of the partnership and each partner generally will depend on the activities of the partnership and the activities of the partner. Partnerships acquiring shares, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisors. Prospective investors that are not U.S. holders should refer to “Non-U.S. Stockholders” below and are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our shares, including the potential application of U.S. withholding taxes.

Distributions we pay to you from our ordinary income or from an excess of net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”) are taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of our earnings and profits. Due to our expected investments, in general, distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporate stockholders and will not qualify for the reduced rate of tax for qualified dividend income allowed to individuals. Distributions made to you from an excess of net realized long-term capital gains over net realized short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by us, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time you have owned our shares. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to you (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains of individuals is reduced generally to 15% for such gains realized before January 1, 2011. Generally, you will be provided with a written notice designating the amount of any (i) ordinary income dividends no later than 30 days after the close of the taxable year, and (ii) capital gain dividends or other distributions no later than 60 days after the close of the taxable year.

In the event that we retain any net capital gains, we may designate the retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to our stockholders. If a designation is made, stockholders would include in income, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate share of the undistributed amounts, but would be allowed a credit or refund, as the case may be, for their proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us. In addition, the tax basis of shares owned by a stockholder would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount included in the stockholder’s income as long-term capital gains and (ii) the stockholder’s proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. If we pay you a dividend in January which was declared in the previous October, November or December to stockholders of record on a specified date in one of these months, then the dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by us and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

A stockholder will realize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the stockholder’s adjusted basis in the shares sold or exchanged and the amount realized on their disposition. Generally, gain recognized by a stockholder on the sale or other disposition of our common shares will result in capital gain or loss to you, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of our shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. A loss realized on a sale or

 

97


Table of Contents

exchange of our shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In this case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Backup Withholding.    We are required in some circumstances to backup withhold on taxable dividends and other payments paid to non-corporate holders of our shares who do not furnish us with their correct taxpayer identification number and certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Taxation of non-U.S. stockholders

The following discussion only applies to non-U.S. stockholders. A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a holder that is not a U.S. stockholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our shares.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to non-U.S. stockholders, subject to the discussion below, will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States. In this latter case the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, and will not be subject to federal withholding tax if the non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008, certain “interest-related dividends” and “short-term capital gain dividends” paid by us to certain non-U.S. stockholders are eligible for an exemption from the 30% federal withholding tax provided that certain requirements are satisfied and that we elect to follow certain procedures. It is uncertain whether we will follow those procedures. Interest-related dividends generally are dividends derived from certain interest income earned by us that would not be subject to such tax if earned by non-U.S. stockholders directly. Short-term capital gain dividends generally are dividends derived from the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. Special certification requirements apply to a non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, generally will not be subject to federal withholding tax and will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. stockholder in the United States.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the non-U.S. shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the non-U.S. stockholder is not otherwise required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable tax treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for certain non-U.S. stockholders.

 

98


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding.    A non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our shares.

 

99


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the common shares described in this prospectus through a number of Underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are acting as book-running managers of this offering and as Representatives of the Underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the Underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the Underwriters, and each Underwriter has separately agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  

Incorporated

  

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

  

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The Underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an Underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The Underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the Underwriters.

The Underwriters have an option to buy up to         additional common shares from us to cover sales of shares by the Underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The Underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the Underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional common shares are purchased, the Underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per common share less the amount paid by the Underwriters to us per common share. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the Underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
over-allotment
exercise
   With full
over-allotment
exercise

Per Share

   $                                 $                             

Total

   $      $  

 

100


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We have agreed that, with limited exceptions, for a period of                      after the date of this prospectus, we may not, without the prior written consent of                                                          , (1) file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common shares, (2) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or (3) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (2) or (3) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Certain of our directors and executive officers, certain other stockholders, the Advisor and the directors, executive officers and managers of the Advisor (or entities through which such persons may invest in the common shares), have entered into lock-up agreements with the Underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which the Advisor and each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of                      after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of                                                          , (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares (including, without limitation, common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and managers in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Our common shares are expected to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BKCC”.

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling common shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares while this offering is in progress.

These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common shares, which involves the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing common shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the Underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The Underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the Underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the Underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The Underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common shares, including

 

101


Table of Contents

the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the Underwriters purchase common shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the Underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares, and, as a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the Underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The Underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares.

Neither we nor the Underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for the common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

At our request, certain of the Underwriters have reserved up to          common shares being offered by this prospectus for sale, directly or indirectly, to our directors, employees and certain other related parties to the Advisor. The sales will be made by              through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. These persons must commit to purchase before the market opens on the day following the date of this prospectus Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Any employees or other persons (and any entities through which such persons may invest in the shares) purchasing such reserved shares will be prohibited from disposing of or hedging such shares for a period of at least         days after the date of this prospectus.

Some of the Underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to Kelso, BlackRock and their affiliates and their respective portfolio companies, and may provide from time to time in the future, certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for Kelso, BlackRock, their affiliates, their respective portfolio companies and us, in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the Underwriters and their affiliates have invested in private funds sponsored by Kelso or BlackRock, and they may do so in the future.

 

102


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

PFPC, a subsidiary of PNC, provides administrative and accounting services to us under a sub-administration and accounting services agreement. PFPC Trust Company, a subsidiary of PNC, provides custodian services to us pursuant to a custodian services agreement. Also, PFPC provides transfer agency and compliance support services to us under a transfer agency agreement and a compliance support services agreement, respectively. For the services provided to us by PFPC and its affiliates, PFPC is entitled to an annual fee equal to a percentage of our average net assets plus reimbursement of reasonable expenses, and a base fee, payable monthly.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Our financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC on Form N-2 , including amendments, relating to the shares we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, including any exhibits and schedules it may contain. For further information concerning us or the shares we are offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified in all respects by this reference.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington D.C. 20549-0102. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

103


Table of Contents

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment advisor’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

 

104


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

   F-3

Statements of Operations

   F-4

Statements of Changes in Net Assets

   F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Schedules of Investments

   F-7

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-17

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities of BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (the “Company”), including the schedules of investments, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 (“period ended December 31, 2005”). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned at December 31, 2006 and 2005 by correspondence with the custodian, the management of the investment funds and the brokers; where replies were not received from the brokers, alternative procedures were performed. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations, changes in its net assets, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 and period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

March 6, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

 

     December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents (amortized cost of $3,036,413 and $288,984,387)

   $ 3,036,413     $ 288,972,347  

Investments, at value (amortized cost of $716,844,625 and $250,184,074)

     718,730,964       250,436,350  

Affiliate investments, at value (amortized cost of $35,437,060 and $0)

     35,437,060       —    

Receivable for investments sold

     —         996,250  

Foreign currency, at value (cost of $119,714 and $0)

     126,375       —    

Interest receivable

     7,759,464       1,656,131  

Dividends receivable

     43,270       —    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     1,125,838       165,363  
                

Total Assets

   $ 766,259,384     $ 542,226,441  
                

Liabilities:

    

Payable for investments purchased

   $ 16,260,000     $ 4,198,296  

Unrealized depreciation on forward foreign currency contracts

     475,204       —    

Credit facility payable

     164,000,000       —    

Dividend distributions payable

     15,803,510       7,073,318  

Legal fees (offering costs) payable

     —         587,080  

Base management fees payable

     2,157,082       455,329  

Incentive management fees payable

     4,443,298       —    

Accrued administrative services expenses

     366,354       508,950  

Interest payable on credit facility

     152,793       —    

Other accrued expenses and payables

     801,221       698,619  
                

Total Liabilities

     204,459,462       13,521,592  
                

Net Assets:

    

Common stock, par value $.001 per share, 40,000,000 common shares authorized, 37,627,405 and 35,366,589 issued and outstanding

     37,627       35,367  

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     563,233,775       529,298,432  

Distributions in excess of net investment income

     (3,392,549 )     (870,327 )

Accumulated net realized gain

     497,795       1,141  

Net unrealized appreciation

     1,423,274       240,236  
                

Total Net Assets

     561,799,922       528,704,849  
                

Total Liabilities and Net Assets

   $ 766,259,384     $ 542,226,441  
                

Net Asset Value Per Share

   $ 14.93     $ 14.95  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Statements of Operations

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2006
   

July 25, 2005*
through

December 31,
2005**

 
Investment Income:     

Interest income

   $ 53,309,078     $ 9,969,835  

Dividend income

     461,223       34,791  

Other income

     122,134       —    
                

Total investment income

     53,892,435       10,004,626  
                
Expenses:     

Base management fees

     11,094,308       4,669,844  

Incentive management fees

     4,443,298       —    

Administrative services

     760,188       508,950  

Professional fees

     486,359       333,969  

Director fees

     286,113       233,508  

Investment advisor expenses

     469,287       138,405  

Insurance

     167,610       108,374  

Interest and other credit facility expenses

     279,432       —    

Organizational

     —         57,056  

Other

     327,872       86,451  
                

Expenses before management fee waiver

     18,314,467       6,136,557  

Base management fee waiver

     (4,314,255 )     (2,334,922 )
                

Net expenses

     14,000,212       3,801,635  
                
Net Investment Income      39,892,223       6,202,991  
                
Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss):     

Net realized gain (loss) on:

    

Investments

     777,548       1,141  

Foreign currency

     (298,151 )     —    
                

Net realized gain (loss)

     479,397       1,141  
                

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation):

    

Investments

     1,634,063       252,276  

Foreign currency translations

     (463,067 )     —    

Cash equivalents

     12,040       (12,040 )
                

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

     1,183,036       240,236  
                

Net realized and unrealized gain

     1,662,433       241,377  
                

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

   $ 41,554,656     $ 6,444,368  
                

Earnings Per Share

   $ 1.13     $ 0.18  
                

Basic and Diluted Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding

     36,632,218       35,366,589  

* Inception of operations.

 

** Certain amounts have been reclassified from administrative services expenses to other expenses to conform to the current year’s presentation.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Statements of Changes in Net Assets

 

      Year ended
December 31,
2006
    July 25, 2005*
through
December 31,
2005
 

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations:

    

Net investment income

   $ 39,892,223     $ 6,202,991  

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

     1,183,036       240,236  

Net realized gain (loss)

     479,397       1,141  
                

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

     41,554,656       6,444,368  
                

Dividend Distributions to Stockholders from:

    

Net investment income

     (42,117,435 )     (7,073,318 )

Net realized gains

     (279,753 )     —    
                

Total dividend distributions

     (42,397,188 )     (7,073,318 )
                

Capital Share Transactions:

    

Proceeds from shares sold

     810,000       530,498,845  

Less offering costs

     —         (1,165,046 )

Reinvestment of dividends

     33,127,605    
                

Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions

     33,937,605       529,333,799  
                

Total Increase in Net Assets

     33,095,073       528,704,849  

Net assets at beginning of period

     528,704,849       —    
                

Net assets at end of period

   $ 561,799,922     $ 528,704,849  
                

Capital Share Activity:

    

Shares issued from subscriptions

     54,000       35,366,589  

Shares issued from reinvestment of dividends

     2,206,816       —    
                

Total increase in shares

     2,260,816       35,366,589  
                

Distributions in Excess:

    

Distributions in excess of net investment income

   $ (3,392,549 )   $ (870,327 )

* Inception of operations.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year ended
December 31,
2006
    July 25, 2005*
through
December 31,
2005
 

Operating Activities:

   

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

  $ 41,554,656     $ 6,444,368  

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Proceeds from dispositions (purchases) of short-term investments—net

    106,990,928       (106,043,189 )

Purchases of long-term investments

    (745,727,828 )     (144,808,218 )

Purchases of foreign currency—net

    (413,610 )     —    

Proceeds from sales/repayments of long-term investments

    138,404,643       1,021,610  

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

    (1,634,063 )     (252,276 )

Net change in unrealized depreciation on foreign currency translations

    463,067       —    

Net realized gain on investments

    (777,548 )     (1,141 )

Net realized loss on foreign currency

    298,151       —    

Amortization of premium/discount—net

    (986,586 )     (353,136 )

Decrease (increase) in receivable for investments sold

    996,250       (996,250 )

Increase in interest receivable

    (6,103,333 )     (1,656,131 )

Increase in dividends receivable

    (43,270 )     —    

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

    (960,475 )     (165,363 )

Increase in payable for investments purchased

    12,061,704       4,198,296  

(Decrease) increase in legal fees (offering costs) payable

    (587,080 )     587,080  

Increase in base management fees payable

    1,701,753       455,329  

Increase in incentive management fees payable

    4,443,298       —    

(Decrease) increase in accrued administrative services expenses payable

    (142,596 )     508,950  

Increase in interest payable on credit facility

    152,793       —    

Increase in other accrued expenses and payables

    102,602       698,619  
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (450,206,544 )     (240,361,452 )
               

Financing Activities:

   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
Cash

    810,000       109,615,859  

Contribution of short-term investments and cash equivalents

    —         419,717,940  

Dividend distributions paid

    (33,666,996 )     —    

Dividend distributions reinvested

    33,127,605       —    

Borrowings under credit facility

    279,000,000       —    

Repayments under credit facility

    (115,000,000 )     —    
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    164,270,609       529,333,799  
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (285,935,934 )     288,972,347  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    288,972,347       —    
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 3,036,413     $ 288,972,347  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

   

Cash interest paid during period

  $ 19,911     $ —    

* Inception of operations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments

December 31, 2006

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry(a)   

Principal
Amount or
Number of

Shares/Units

    Cost(b)   

Fair

Value

 

Subordinated Debt/Corporate Notes—28.0%

 

    

AGY Holding Corp., Second Lien, 11.00%, 11/15/14, acquired 10/20/06(c)

   Glass Yarns/
Fibers
   $ 15,000,000     $ 15,000,000    $ 15,037,500  

Al Solutions, Inc., 16.00%
(12.00% cash, 4.00% PIK), 12/29/13(d)

   Metals      22,000,000       22,000,000      22,000,000 (e)

American Residential Services L.L.C., 15.00% (12.00% cash, 3.00% PIK), 9/28/13

   HVAC/
Plumbing
Services
     20,000,000       20,000,000      20,000,000 (e)

ASM Intermediate Holdings Corp. II, 12.00% PIK, 12/27/13

   Marketing
Services
     40,026,667       40,026,667      39,876,567  

Lucite International Luxembourg Finance S.àr.l., PIK Loan, 12.52% PIK (EURIBOR + 9.00%/Q), 7/14/14(f)

   Chemicals      13,411,203 (f)     16,526,817      17,391,819  

Mattress Giant Corporation, 13.00% (11.00% cash, 2.00% PIK), 8/1/12

   Bedding—Retail      13,667,000       13,539,811      13,667,000  

MediMedia USA, Inc., 11.38%, 11/15/14, acquired 11/1/06(c)

   Information
Services
     8,000,000       8,081,672      8,380,000  

TriMark Acquisition Corp., Second Lien, 11.50% (9.50% cash, 2.00% PIK), 11/30/13

   Food Service
Equipment
     14,000,000       14,000,000      14,000,000 (e)

U.S. Security Holdings, Inc., 13.00% (11.00% cash, 2.00% PIK), 5/8/14, acquired 5/10/06(c)

   Security
Services
     7,000,000       7,000,000      7,017,500  
                    

Total Subordinated Debt/Corporate Notes

          156,174,967      157,370,386  
                    

Senior Secured Loans—103.5%(g)

          

ALM Media, Inc., Second Lien, 11.11% (LIBOR + 5.75%), 3/7/11

   Publishing      39,750,000       39,752,039      39,716,888  

American Safety Razor Company, LLC, Second Lien, 11.72% (LIBOR + 6.25%), 1/30/14

   Consumer
Products
     10,000,000       10,000,000      10,125,000  

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche A, First Lien, 11.87% (LIBOR + 4.50% cash, 2.00% PIK), 10/24/10

   Plastic
Packaging
     4,251,515       4,226,310      4,226,310 (e)

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche B, Second Lien, 16.37% (LIBOR + 9.00% cash, 2.00% PIK), 4/24/11

   Plastic
Packaging
     1,951,515       1,935,706      1,935,706 (e)

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche C, Third Lien, 19.87% (LIBOR + 6.30% cash, 8.20% PIK), 10/24/11

   Plastic
Packaging
     737,955       656,283      656,283 (e)

Bankruptcy Management Solutions, Inc., Second Lien, 11.60% (LIBOR + 6.25%), 7/31/13

   Software      24,937,500       24,937,500      25,249,219  

 

F-7


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2006

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry(a)   

Principal
Amount or
Number of

Shares/Units

   Cost(b)   

Fair

Value

 

Benchmark Medical Holdings Inc., First Lien, 9.14% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 12/27/12

   Rehabilitation
Centers
   $ 1,980,000    $ 1,980,000    $ 1,920,600  

Benchmark Medical Holdings, Inc., Second Lien, 12.87% (LIBOR + 7.50%), 6/27/13

   Rehabilitation
Centers
     9,000,000      9,000,000      8,730,000  

Cambridge International, Inc., Second Lien, 11.86% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 11/11/13

   Metal
Conveyor Belts
     20,500,000      20,312,576      20,295,000  

Cannondale Bicycle Corporation, Second Lien, 12.35% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 6/5/10

   Bicycles/
Apparel
     10,000,000      10,000,000      10,000,000 (e)

Champion Energy Corporation et al., First Lien, 10.36% (LIBOR + 5.00%), 6/29/11

   Heating and Oil
Services
     15,000,000      15,000,000      15,000,000 (e)

Champion Energy Corporation et al., Second Lien, 16.00% (12.00% cash, 4.00% PIK), 6/30/12

   Heating and Oil
Services
     20,206,689      19,932,133      19,932,133 (e)

Data Transmission Network Corporation, Second Lien, 13.36% (LIBOR + 8.00%), 9/10/13

   Information
Services
     4,000,000      4,000,000      4,000,000  

Delta Air Lines, Inc., Term Loan B, First Lien, 10.12% (LIBOR + 4.75%), 3/16/08

   Airlines      1,000,000      1,000,000      1,015,938  

Deluxe Entertainment Services Group Inc., Second Lien, 13.61% (LIBOR + 8.25%), 7/28/11

   Entertainment      16,000,000      16,000,000      16,440,000  

DynaVox Systems LLC, Term Loan B, First Lien, 8.88% (LIBOR + 3.50%), 6/30/11

   Augmentative
Communication
Products
     3,491,250      3,467,793      3,491,250  

DynaVox Systems LLC, Term Loan C, First Lien, 10.38% (LIBOR + 5.00%), 12/13/11

   Augmentative
Communication
Products
     1,750,000      1,738,195      1,750,000  

Eight O’Clock Coffee Company et al., Second Lien, 11.88% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 7/31/13

   Coffee
Distributor
     14,000,000      14,000,000      14,210,000  

Electrical Components International Holdings Company, Second Lien, 11.88% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 5/1/14

   Electronics      20,000,000      20,000,000      20,100,000  

Event Rentals, Inc., First Lien, 11.00% (Base Rate + 2.75%), 12/19/13

   Party Rentals      15,000,000      14,850,704      15,000,000  

Event Rentals, Inc., Acquisition Loan (Unfunded), First Lien, 0.75%, 12/19/09

   Party Rentals      15,000,000      15,000,000      15,000,000  

Facet Technologies, LLC, Second Lien, 12.37% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 1/26/12

   Medical
Devices
     27,000,000      27,000,000      27,000,000 (e)

Fitness Together Franchise Corporation, First Lien, 11.62% (LIBOR + 6.25%), 7/14/12

   Personal
Fitness
     13,900,000      13,834,539      13,834,539 (e)

Gleason Corporation, Second Lien, 10.88% (LIBOR + 5.50%), 12/30/13

   Gear
Production
Machinery
     16,000,000      16,000,000      16,090,000  

Haggar Clothing Co., Second Lien, 12.40% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 11/1/11

   Apparel      2,500,000      2,479,861      2,500,000  

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

   Industry(a)   

Principal
Amount or
Number of

Shares/Units

   Cost(b)   

Fair

Value

 

Heartland Automotive Services II Inc. et al., Term Loan A, First Lien, 9.12% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 2/27/12

   Automobile
Repair
   $ 3,719,780    $ 3,716,355    $ 3,719,780  

Heartland Automotive Services II Inc. et al., Acquisition Loan (Funded), First Lien, 9.38%, (LIBOR + 4.00%), 2/27/12

   Automobile
Repair
     1,740,000      1,740,000      1,740,000  

Heartland Automotive Services II Inc. et al., Acquisition Loan (Unfunded), First Lien, 0.75%, 2/27/08

   Automobile
Repair
     1,260,000      1,260,000      1,260,000  

HIT Entertainment, Inc., Second Lien, 10.86% (LIBOR + 5.50%), 2/26/13

   Entertainment      1,000,000      1,000,000      1,009,688  

International Radiology Group, L.L.C. et al., First Lien, 8.60% (LIBOR + 3.25%), 6/30/11

   Healthcare
Management
Services
     4,920,455      4,876,235      4,920,455  

International Radiology Group, L.L.C. et al., Second Lien, 12.35% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 6/30/12

   Healthcare
Management
Services
     10,000,000      9,908,440      10,000,000  

Isola USA Corp., First Lien, 10.12% (LIBOR + 4.75%), 12/18/12

   Electronics      10,000,000      9,850,206      9,800,100  

Isola USA Corp., Second Lien, 13.12% (LIBOR + 7.75%), 12/18/13

   Electronics      25,000,000      25,000,000      25,000,000  

Kaz, Inc. et al., M&E Loan, First Lien, 9.85% (LIBOR + 4.50%), 12/8/08

   Consumer
Products
     3,000,000      3,000,000      3,000,000 (e)

Kaz, Inc. et al., First Lien, 16.00% (12.00% cash, 4.00% PIK), 12/8/11

   Consumer
Products
     40,000,000      40,000,000      40,000,000 (e)

MacAndrews Deluxe Holdings LLC, First Lien, 13.00%, 7/28/11

   Entertainment      14,000,000      14,000,000      14,052,500  

MCCI Group Holdings, LLC, Second Lien, 14.25% (Base Rate + 6.00%), 6/21/13

   Healthcare
Services
     29,000,000      28,927,836      29,000,000  

Oriental Trading Company, Inc., Second Lien, 11.47% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 1/31/14

   Party
Supplies and
Novelties
     3,000,000      3,000,000      3,000,000  

Precision Parts International Services Corp. et al., First Lien, 9.24% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 9/30/11

   Automotive
Parts
     4,915,181      4,915,181      4,915,181  

Premier Yachts, Inc. et al., Term A, First Lien 9.10% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 8/22/12

   Entertainment
Cruises
     7,761,904      7,725,431      7,723,094  

Premier Yachts, Inc. et al., Term B, First Lien, 12.35% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 8/22/13

   Entertainment
Cruises
     1,750,000      1,741,702      1,741,250  

Prism Business Media Holdings, Inc., Second Lien, 11.38% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 9/30/13

   Information
Services
     11,000,000      10,990,588      10,990,837  

Professional Paint, Inc., Second Lien, 11.13% (LIBOR + 5.75%), 5/31/13

   Paint and
Coatings
     16,000,000      16,000,000      16,120,000  

QTC Acquisition Inc., Second Lien, 11.85% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 5/10/13

   Disability
Evaluations
     23,000,000      22,940,221      23,057,500  

 

F-9

 

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2006


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2006

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry(a)   

Principal
Amount or
Number of

Shares/Units

   Cost(b)   

Fair

Value

 

Robertson Aviation, L.L.C., First Lien, 8.92% (LIBOR + 3.50%), 4/19/13

   Aviation Fuel
Systems
   $ 4,603,817    $ 4,593,121    $ 4,626,836  

Stolle Machinery Company, LLC, Second Lien, 11.36% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 9/29/13

   Canning
Machinery
     8,500,000      8,500,000      8,585,000  

Sunrise Medical LTC LLC et al., Second Lien, 11.87% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 12/28/13

   Healthcare
Equipment
     14,400,000      14,400,000      14,436,000  

Total Safety U.S. Inc., Second Lien, 11.85% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 12/8/13

   Industrial Safety
Equipment
     9,000,000      9,000,000      9,045,000  

United Subcontractors, Inc., Second Lien, 12.86% (LIBOR + 7.25%), 6/27/13

   Building and
Construction
     10,000,000      10,000,000      9,500,000  

Wastequip, Inc., Second Lien, 10.85% (LIBOR + 5.50%), 7/15/12

   Waste
Management
Equipment
     500,000      500,000      502,500  

Wembley, Inc., Second Lien, 9.70% (LIBOR + 4.25%), 8/23/12

   Gaming      1,000,000      1,000,000      1,012,500  

Westward Dough Operating Company, LLC, Term Loan A, First Lien, 11.36% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 3/30/11

   Restaurants      7,350,000      7,350,000      7,114,000 (e)

Westward Dough Operating Company, LLC, Term Loan B, First Lien, 14.36% (LIBOR + 9.00%), 3/30/11

   Restaurants      8,000,000      8,000,000      7,678,000 (e)
                     

Total Senior Secured Loans

           581,038,955      581,769,087  
                     

Preferred Stock—2.1%

           

Facet Holdings Corp., Class A, 12.00% PIK

   Medical Devices      900      900,000      900,000 (e)

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc., Series A, 8.00% PIK

   Personal Fitness      187,500      187,500      187,500 (e)

Tygem Holdings, Inc., 8.00%(d)

   Metals      10,789,367      10,826,867      10,826,867 (e)
                     

Total Preferred Stock

           11,914,367      11,914,367  
                     

Common Stock—1.0%(h)

           

Facet Holdings Corp.

   Medical Devices      10,000      100,000      100,000 (e)

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc.

   Personal Fitness      62,500      62,500      62,500 (e)

MGHC Holding Corporation

   Bedding—Retail      205,000      2,050,000      2,050,000 (e)

Tygem Holdings, Inc.(d)

   Metals      3,596,456      3,608,956      3,608,956 (e)
                     

Total Common Stock

           5,821,456      5,821,456  
                     

 

F-10


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2006

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry(a)   

Principal
Amount or
Number of

Shares/Units

   Cost(b)    

Fair

Value

 

Limited Partnership Interest—0.1%(h)

       

ARS Co-Investors, L.P.(i)

   HVAC/Plumbing
Services
   —      $ 324,216     $ 324,216 (e)
                      

Equity Warrants—0.2%(h)

          

ATEP Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic Packaging    470      —        —   (e)

ATH Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic Packaging    470      —         —   (e)

ATPP Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic Packaging    470      90,112       50,900 (e)

ATPR Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic Packaging    470      —         —   (e)

Champion Energy Corporation, expire 6/29/16

   Heating and Oil
Services
   15,900      300,000       300,000 (e)

Fitness Together Holdings, Inc., expire 7/14/16

   Personal Fitness    105,263      56,000       56,000 (e)

Kaz, Inc., expire 12/8/16

   Consumer Products    49      512,000       512,000 (e)

Kaz, Inc., expire 12/8/16

   Consumer Products    16      64,000       64,000 (e)

Kaz, Inc., expire 12/8/16

   Consumer Products    16      24,000       24,000 (e)

Kaz, Inc., expire 12/8/16

   Consumer Products    16      9,000       9,000 (e)
                      

Total Equity Warrants

           1,055,112       1,015,900  
                      

TOTAL INVESTMENTS INCLUDING UNEARNED INCOME

           756,329,073       758,215,412  

UNEARNED INCOME—(0.7)%

           (4,047,388 )     (4,047,388 )
                      

TOTAL INVESTMENTS—134.2%

         $ 752,281,685       754,168,024  
                      

OTHER ASSETS & LIABILITIES (NET)—(34.2)%

             (192,368,102 )
                

NET ASSETS—100.0%

           $ 561,799,922  
                

(a) Unaudited.

 

(b) Represents amortized cost for fixed income securities and unearned income, and cost for preferred and common stock, limited partnership interest and equity warrants.

 

(c) These securities are exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. These securities may be resold in transactions that are exempt from registration, normally to qualified institutional buyers. In the aggregate, these securities represent 5.4% of net assets at December 31, 2006.

 

(d) These securities are considered “controlled” investments under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The aggregate fair value of these investments (net of unearned income) is $35,437,060, or 6.3% of net assets, at December 31, 2006.

 

(e) Fair value of this investment determined by or under the direction of our Board of Directors (see Note 2). The aggregate fair value of these investments (net of unearned income) is $221,405,554, or 39.4% of net assets, at December 31, 2006.

 

(f) Non-U.S. company. Principal amount is denominated in Euro (€).

 

(g)

Approximately 83% of the senior secured loans to our portfolio companies bear interest at a floating rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank

 

F-11


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2006

 

F-12

 

 

Offered Rate (EURIBOR), or other base rate (commonly the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate), at the borrower’s option. Additionally, the borrower under a senior secured loan generally has the option to select from interest reset periods of one, two, three or six months and may alter that selection at the end of any reset period. The stated interest rate represents the weighted average interest rate as of December 31, 2006 of all contracts within the specified loan facility. Current reset frequencies for floating rate instruments other than senior secured loans are indicated by Q (quarterly) or S (semiannually).

 

(h) Non-income producing securities.

 

(i) The Company is the sole limited partner in ARS Co-Investors, L.P., which is the beneficiary of less than 5% of the voting securities of American Residential Services L.L.C.

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments

December 31, 2005

 

Portfolio Company(a)

   Industry(b)    Principal
Amount or
Number of
Shares/Units
   Cost(c)    Fair
Value

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS—20.1%

        

Asset-Backed Security—2.8%

        

RACERS Trust, Series 2005-17-O, 4.39% (LIBOR + 0.02%/Q), 8/21/06, acquired 8/29/05(d)

   Asset-Backed
Security
   $ 15,000,000    $ 15,000,000    $ 15,006,300
                       

Certificates of Deposit—5.7%

        

DEFPA BANK plc, New York, 4.53%, 10/16/06

   Banking      15,000,000      15,000,000      14,961,713

Washington Mutual Bank N.A., 4.46%, 3/28/06

   Banking      15,000,000      15,000,000      14,999,820
                       

Total Certificates of Deposit

      $ 30,000,000      30,000,000      29,961,533
                       

Commercial Paper—11.6%

        

Barclays US Funding Corp., 4.24%, 2/3/06

   Banking    $ 26,000,000      25,900,019      25,900,019

BNP Paribas (Canada), 3.83%, 1/24/06

   Banking      1,500,000      1,496,397      1,496,397

Credit Suisse First Boston USA, Inc., 3.83%, 1/27/06

   Securities Broker
and Dealer
     8,000,000      7,978,626      7,978,626

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 4.08%, 8/4/06

   Securities Broker
and Dealer
     26,000,000      26,000,000      26,003,120
                       

Total Commercial Paper

        61,500,000      61,375,042      61,378,162
                       

TOTAL SHORT-TERM
INVESTMENTS

      $ 106,500,000      106,375,042      106,345,995
                       

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS—27.3%

        

Subordinated Debt / Corporate Notes—1.3%

        

First Mercury Holdings, Inc., 12.33% (LIBOR + 8.00%/Q), 8/15/12, acquired 8/12/05(d)

   Insurance    $ 1,800,000      1,782,965      1,831,500

InSight Health Services Corp., 9.17% (LIBOR + 5.25%/Q), 11/1/11, acquired 9/16/05(d)

   Diagnostic
Imaging
     2,500,000      2,488,066      2,375,000

Select Medical Holdings Corporation, 9.93% (LIBOR + 5.75%/S), 9/15/15, acquired 9/15/05(d)

   Specialty
Hospitals
     2,500,000      2,500,000      2,512,500
                       

Total Subordinated Debt/Corporate Notes

      $ 6,800,000      6,771,031      6,719,000
                       

 

F-13


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2005

 

Portfolio Company(a)

   Industry(b)    Principal
Amount or
Number of
Shares/Units
   Cost(c)    Fair
Value
 

Senior Secured Loans—24.8%(e)

        

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche A, First Lien, 8.91%
(LIBOR + 4.50%), 10/24/10

   Plastic
Packaging
   $ 4,251,515    $ 4,219,701    $ 4,219,629 (f)

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche B, Second Lien, 13.41% (LIBOR + 9.00%), 4/24/11

   Plastic
Packaging
     1,951,515      1,932,040      1,932,000 (f)

Applied Tech Products Corp. et al., Tranche C, Third Lien, 16.91% (LIBOR + 6.30% cash, 6.20% PIK), 10/24/11

   Plastic
Packaging
     696,970      598,331      598,145 (f)

Benchmark Medical Holdings Inc., First Lien, 9.00% (Base Rate + 1.75%), 12/27/12

   Rehabilitation
Centers
     2,000,000      2,000,000      2,015,000  

Benchmark Medical Holdings Inc., Second Lien, 13.00% (Base Rate + 5.75%), 6/27/13

   Rehabilitation
Centers
     9,000,000      9,000,000      9,000,000  

Bushnell Performance Optics, First Lien, 7.53% (LIBOR + 3.00%), 8/19/11

   Leisure
Products
     1,000,000      1,000,000      1,012,469  

Cannondale Bicycle Corporation, Second Lien, 11.53% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 6/5/10

   Bicycles/
Apparel
     10,000,000      10,000,000      10,000,000 (f)

Champion Energy Corporation et al., First Lien, 13.38% (LIBOR + 9.00%), 6/30/09

   Heating and
Oil Services
     18,000,000      18,000,000      18,000,000 (f)

Clean Earth Inc., Tranche B, First Lien, 7.39% (LIBOR + 3.00%), 10/17/11

   Environmental
Services
     1,500,000      1,500,000      1,515,000  

Delta Air Lines, Inc., Term Loan B, First Lien, 11.01% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 3/16/08

   Airlines      1,000,000      1,000,000      1,036,750  

Eight O’Clock Coffee Company, First Lien, 7.44% (LIBOR + 3.00%), 11/14/11

   Coffee
Distributor
     3,000,000      3,000,000      3,022,500  

Eight O’Clock Coffee Company, Second Lien, 11.44% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 11/14/12

   Coffee
Distributor
     12,000,000      12,000,000      12,000,000  

Event Rentals, Inc., First Lien, 9.94% (LIBOR + 5.25%), 11/17/11

   Party Rentals      14,454,545      14,454,545      14,454,545 (f)

Event Rentals, Inc., Acquisition Loan (Funded), First Lien, 9.92% (LIBOR + 5.25%), 11/17/11

   Party Rentals      9,847,159      9,847,159      9,847,159 (f)

Event Rentals, Inc., Acquisition Loan (Unfunded), First Lien, 0.50%, 11/18/07

   Party Rentals      2,198,295      2,198,295      2,198,295 (f)

Haggar Clothing Co., Second Lien, 11.51% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 11/1/11

   Apparel      2,500,000      2,500,000      2,500,000  

The Hertz Corporation, Tranche B, First Lien, 8.50% (Base Rate + 1.25%), 12/21/12

   Automobile
and

Equipment
Rental
     2,000,000      2,000,000      2,022,500  

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company(a)

   Industry(b)    Principal
Amount or
Number of
Shares/Units
   Cost(c)    Fair
Value

HIT Entertainment, Inc., Second Lien, 9.71% (LIBOR + 5.50%), 2/26/13

   Entertainment    $ 1,000,000    $ 1,000,000    $ 990,000

Houghton International Inc., First Lien, 9.25% (Base Rate + 2.00%), 12/15/11

   Specialty Chemicals      5,000,000      5,000,000      5,043,750

MD Beauty, Inc., Second Lien, 11.25% (LIBOR + 7.00%), 2/18/13

   Cosmetics      3,000,000      3,000,000      3,022,500

Metaldyne Corporation et al., First Lien, 8.58% (LIBOR + 4.50%), 12/31/09

   Automotive Parts      998,741      988,476      1,001,237

NTELOS Inc., Second Lien, 9.39% (LIBOR + 5.00%), 2/24/12

   Telecommunications      2,000,000      1,984,276      2,020,000

PBI Media, Inc., Second Lien, 10.24% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 9/30/13

   Information
Services
     6,000,000      5,990,032      5,940,000

Precision Parts International Services Corp. et al., First Lien, 7.98% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 9/30/11

   Automotive Parts      3,000,000      3,000,000      3,022,501

QTC Acquisition Inc., Second Lien, 10.84% (LIBOR + 6.50%), 5/10/13

   Disability
Evaluations
     10,000,000      10,000,000      10,075,000

US Investigations Services, Inc., Tranche B, First Lien, 7.00% (LIBOR + 2.50%), 10/14/12

   Investigative
Services
     1,995,000      1,995,000      1,999,988

U.S. Security Holdings, Inc., First Lien, 7.27% (LIBOR + 3.25%), 2/29/12

   Security Services      983,400      983,400      990,776

Wastequip, Inc., Second Lien, 10.53% (LIBOR + 6.00%), 7/15/12

   Waste Management
Equipment
     500,000      500,000      506,250

Wembley, Inc., Second Lien, 7.83% (LIBOR + 3.75%), 8/23/12

   Gaming      1,000,000      1,000,000      1,006,250
                       

Total Senior Secured Loans

      $ 130,877,140      130,691,255      130,992,244
                       

Closed-End Funds—1.4%

           

Eaton Vance Floating-Rate Income Trust

   Closed-End Fund      175,000      2,988,408      2,952,250

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

   Closed-End Fund      94,400      1,159,147      1,188,496

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

   Closed-End Fund      170,000      2,997,026      3,036,200
                   

Total Closed-End Funds

           7,144,581      7,176,946
                   

 

F-15

 

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2005


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company(a)

   Industry(b)    Principal
Amount or
Number of
Shares/Units
   Cost(c)     Fair
Value
 

Equity Warrants—0.0%(g)

          

ATEP Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic
Packaging
   $ 470    $ —       $ —   (f)

ATH Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic
Packaging
     470      —         —   (f)

ATPP Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic
Packaging
     470      90,114       90,114 (f)

ATPR Holdings, Inc., expire 10/24/15

   Plastic
Packaging
     470      —         —   (f)
                      

Total Equity Warrants

           90,114       90,114  
                      

TOTAL LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS INCLUDING UNEARNED INCOME

           144,696,981       144,978,304  

UNEARNED INCOME—(0.2)%

           (887,949 )     (887,949 )
                      

TOTAL LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

           143,809,032       144,090,355  
                      

TOTAL INVESTMENTS—47.4%

         $ 250,184,074       250,436,350  
                

OTHER ASSETS & LIABILITIES (NET)—52.6%

             278,268,499  
                

NET ASSETS—100.0%

           $ 528,704,849  
                

(a) None of our portfolio companies are “controlled” or “affiliated” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

(b) Unaudited.

 

(c) Represents amortized cost for fixed income securities and unearned income, and cost for closed-end funds and equity warrants.

 

(d) These securities are exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. These securities may be resold in transactions that are exempt from registration, normally to qualified institutional buyers. In the aggregate, these securities represent 4.1% of net assets at December 31, 2005.

 

(e) Approximately 98% of the senior secured loans to our portfolio companies bear interest at a floating rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or other base rate (commonly the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate), at the borrower’s option. Additionally, the borrower under a senior secured loan generally has the option to select from interest rate reset periods of one, two, three or six months and may alter that selection at the end of any reset period. The stated interest rate represents the weighted average interest rate as of December 31, 2005 of all contracts within the specified loan facility. Current reset frequencies for floating rate instruments other than senior secured loans are indicated by Q (quarterly) or S (semiannually).

 

(f) Fair value of this investment determined by or under the direction of our Board of Directors (see Note 2). The aggregate fair value of these investments (net of unearned income) is $60,451,938, or 11.4% of net assets, at December 31, 2005.

 

(g) Equity warrants are non-income producing securities.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-16

 

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Schedules of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2005


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation (the “Company”) was organized as a Delaware corporation on April 13, 2005 and was initially funded on July 25, 2005. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes the Company has qualified and has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. The Company invests primarily in middle-market companies in the form of senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans, each of which may include an equity component, and by making direct preferred, common and other equity investments in such companies.

On July 25, 2005, the Company completed a private placement (the “Offering”) of 35,366,589 shares of its common stock, par value $.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), at a price of $15.00 per share. Net proceeds from the Offering of $529,333,799 reflect the payment of a placement fee of $507,407 and legal fees and other offering costs of $657,639.

The accompanying financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

2. Significant accounting policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported period. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ and such differences could be material.

The significant accounting policies consistently followed by the Company are:

 

(a) Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in its portfolio, the Company expects to value many of its portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of Directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to the Company’s investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Board of Directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  (i) The quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC, the Company’s investment advisor (the “Investment Advisor”), responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  (ii) Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management;

 

F-17


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

  (iii) To the extent determined by the audit committee of the Board of Directors, independent valuation firms engaged by the Board of Directors conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;

 

  (iv) The audit committee of the Board of Directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the investment professionals, senior management and independent valuation firms; and

 

  (v) The Board of Directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Investment Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, these notes to the financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the financial statements.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments approximate fair value. The carrying value of receivables, other assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short maturity. The carrying value of the Company’s credit facility payable approximates fair value because it bears interest at a variable rate, based on current market.

 

(b) Cash equivalents include short-term investments in money market instruments with remaining maturities when purchased of three months or less.

 

(c) Security transactions are accounted for on the trade date unless there are substantial conditions to the purchase.

 

(d) Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method.

 

(e) Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Interest income is not accrued if collection is deemed doubtful or the related investment is in default. For loans and debt securities with contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the loan balance and which generally becomes due at maturity, PIK interest is not accrued if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. Origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees and discounts and premiums on investments purchased are accreted/amortized over the life of the respective investment. Unamortized origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees are recorded as unearned income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized loan origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees are recorded as interest income. Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date. Expenses are recorded on an accrual basis.

 

(f) Organizational costs of the Company were expensed as incurred. Offering costs were charged against paid-in capital.

 

(g) The Company has qualified and elected and intends to continue to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Code, and, among other things, has made and intends to continue to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders which will relieve the Company from federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, no provision has been recorded for federal income or excise taxes.

In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, the Company is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid federal

 

F-18


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

excise taxes, the Company must distribute annually at least 98% of its income (both ordinary income and net capital gains).

In accordance with GAAP, book and tax basis differences relating to distributions to stockholders and other permanent book and tax differences are reclassified to capital in excess of par. In addition, the character of income and gains to be distributed is determined in accordance with income tax regulations that may differ from GAAP.

 

(h) Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Board of Directors. Dividends declared by the Company since July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) were as follows:

 

Dividend amount

per share outstanding

  Record date   Pay date
$0.20   December 31, 2005   January 31, 2006
$0.20   March 15, 2006   March 31, 2006
$0.23   June 15, 2006   June 30, 2006
$0.30   September 15, 2006   September 29, 2006
$0.42   December 31, 2006   January 31, 2007
$0.42   March 15, 2007   March 30, 2007

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of distributions on behalf of stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board of Directors authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash dividend, then stockholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock, rather than receiving the cash dividends.

 

(i) The Company may enter into forward foreign currency contracts from time to time to facilitate settlement of purchases and sales of investments denominated in foreign currencies or to help mitigate the impact that an adverse change in foreign exchange rates would have on the value of the Company’s investments denominated in foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a foreign currency at a future date (usually the security transaction settlement date) at a negotiated forward rate. Risks may arise as a result of the potential inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contract.

Details of open forward foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2006 were as follows.

 

Foreign Currency
Sold

   Settlement Date    Amount Sold    US$ Value at
Settlement
Date
   US$ Value at
December 31,
2006
   Unrealized
Depreciation

Euro

   January 10, 2007    12,900,000 Sold    $ 16,572,631    $ 17,027,725    $ 455,094

Euro

   January 10, 2007    500,000 Sold    $ 639,880    $ 659,990    $ 20,110

There were no open forward foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2005.

 

(j) Foreign currency amounts are translated into United States dollars on the following basis:

 

  (i) market value of investment securities, other assets and liabilities—at the spot exchange rate on the last business day of each month; and

 

  (ii) purchases and sales of investment securities, income and expenses—at the rates of exchange prevailing on the respective dates of such transactions.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company isolates that portion of the results of operations arising as a result of changes in the foreign exchange rates from the fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of investments held at period end. Similarly, the Company isolates the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates from the fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of portfolio investments sold during the period.

Investments denominated in foreign currencies and foreign currency transactions may involve certain considerations and risks not typically associated with those of domestic origin, including unanticipated movements in the value of the foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

(k) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 requires that the Company recognize in its financial statements the impact of a tax position, and if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening accumulated (distributions in excess of) net investment income. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on its financial statements. At this time, the impact to the Company’s financial statements has not been determined.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 157 on its financial statements. At this time, the impact to the Company’s financial statements has not been determined.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in the current year financial statements. The SAB requires registrants to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet and an income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 does not change the guidance in SAB 99, Materiality, when evaluating the materiality of misstatements. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact in the Company’s financial statements.

3. Agreements and related party transactions

The Company has entered into an Investment Management Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the Investment Advisor, under which the Investment Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, the Company. For providing these services, the Investment Advisor receives a base management fee (the “Management Fee”) from the Company at an annual rate of 2.0% of the Company’s total assets, including any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. For services rendered under the Management Agreement during the period commencing from July 25, 2005, the closing of the Offering (the “Closing”), through July 25, 2006, the Management Fee was payable monthly in arrears. For services rendered under the Management Agreement after that time, the Management Fee is paid quarterly in arrears.

The Investment Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its rights to receive one-half of the amount of the Management Fee the Investment Advisor would otherwise be entitled to receive from the Company until the first

 

F-20


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

date on which 90% of the assets of the Company are invested in portfolio companies in accordance with the Company’s investment objective, excluding investments in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, or the first anniversary of the Closing, whichever is sooner (the “Ramp-Up Date”). The Ramp-Up Date occurred on July 25, 2006. Thereafter, the Investment Advisor has agreed to waive, until such time as the Company has completed an initial public offering of its Common Stock and listed its Common Stock on a national securities exchange or market (collectively, the “Public Market Event”), one-quarter of the amount of the Management Fee the Investment Advisor would otherwise be entitled to receive from the Company. In addition, the Investment Advisor has agreed to (a) waive Management Fees for any calendar year in excess of approximately $11.9 million until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company has completed the Public Market Event or (ii) the fourth anniversary of the Company’s inception of operations and (b) waive Management Fees in excess of approximately $5.6 million during the fifth year of the Company’s operations unless the Company has completed the Public Market Event.

For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, the Investment Advisor earned $6,780,053 and $2,334,922, respectively, in base management fees, net of the waiver provision, from the Company.

The Management Agreement provides that the Investment Advisor or its affiliates may be entitled to an incentive management fee (the “Carried Interest”) under certain circumstances. The determination of the Carried Interest, as described in more detail below, will result in the Investment Advisor or its affiliates receiving no Carried Interest payments if returns to Company stockholders, as described in more detail below, do not meet an 8.0% annualized rate of return and will result in the Investment Advisor or its affiliates receiving less than the full amount of the Carried Interest percentage until returns to stockholders exceed an approximate 13.3% annualized rate of return. The determination of the Carried Interest is subject to any applicable limitations under the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Commencing on the Ramp-Up Date, the Company will pay to the Investment Advisor or its affiliates at the same time as, and not in advance of, any distributions in respect of the Company’s Common Stock, (i) 50% of the amount by which the cumulative distributions and amounts distributable to the holders of the Common Stock of the Company exceed an 8% annualized rate of return on net asset value until the Investment Advisor or its affiliates have received from the Company an amount equal to 20% of the sum of the cumulative amounts distributed pursuant to this paragraph and the cumulative amounts of net income (including realized capital gains in excess of realized capital losses) in excess of net unrealized capital depreciation distributed to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock, and (ii) thereafter an amount equal to 20% of the sum of the amount distributed pursuant to this paragraph and the cumulative amounts of net income (including realized capital gains in excess of realized capital losses) in excess of net unrealized capital depreciation distributed to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock. After the Public Market Event, if any, the amounts above will be measured and paid quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis and will take into account any decrease in net unrealized depreciation during the measurement period to the extent such decrease did not exceed the net amount of capital depreciation at the beginning of such period and does not exceed the excess of cumulative realized capital gains over cumulative realized capital losses.

For the period from July 25, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Investment Advisor earned $4,443,298 in incentive management fees, or Carried Interest, from the Company. No incentive management fees were earned prior to July 25, 2006.

The Management Agreement provides that the Company will reimburse the Investment Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Investment Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable

 

F-21


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

to the performance by the Investment Advisor of its duties under the Management Agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Investment Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by the Investment Advisor to the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, the Company incurred $469,287 and $138,405, respectively, for costs and expenses reimbursable to the Investment Advisor under the Management Agreement.

No person who is an officer, director or employee of the Investment Advisor and who serves as a director of the Company receives any compensation from the Company for such services. Directors who are not affiliated with the Investment Advisor receive compensation for their services and reimbursement of expenses incurred to attend meetings.

The Company has also entered into an administration agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (the “Administrator”) under which the Administrator provides administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company reimburses the Administrator for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of certain of the Company’s officers and their respective staffs. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) is a significant stockholder of the ultimate parent of the Administrator. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, the Company incurred $588,741 and $435,483, respectively, for administrative services expenses payable to the Administrator under the administration agreement.

From time to time, the Investment Advisor or the Administrator may pay amounts owed by the Company to third party providers of goods or services. The Company will subsequently reimburse the Investment Advisor or the Administrator, as the case may be, for such amounts paid on its behalf. Reimbursements to the Investment Advisor for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, were $1,053,392 and $0, respectively. Reimbursements to the Administrator for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, were $33,829 and $198,875, respectively.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC”), a subsidiary of PNC, provides administrative and accounting services to the Company pursuant to a Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement. PFPC Trust Company, another subsidiary of PNC, provides custodian services to the Company pursuant to a Custodian Services Agreement. Also, PFPC provides transfer agency and compliance support services to the Company pursuant to a Transfer Agency Agreement and a Compliance Support Services Agreement, respectively. For the services provided to the Company by PFPC and its affiliates, PFPC is entitled to an annual fee of 0.02% of the Company’s average net assets plus reimbursement of reasonable expenses, and a base fee, payable monthly. PFPC Trust Company may charge the Company additional fees for cash overdraft balances or for sweeping excess cash balances.

For the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005, the Company accrued $216,365 and $83,919, respectively, for administrative, accounting, custodian and transfer agency services fees payable to PFPC and its affiliates under the related agreements.

On July 25, 2005, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Company issued approximately 33,333,333 shares of its common stock to BlackRock Kelso Capital Holding LLC, an entity for which the Investment Advisor serves as manager, in exchange for total consideration of $500,000,000 ($15.00 per share), consisting of $80,282,060 in cash and a portfolio of short-term investments and cash equivalents valued at $419,717,940. The transaction was effected in accordance with the Company’s valuation procedures governing securities transactions with affiliates and was ratified by the Board of Directors.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

On March 8, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance and sale from time to time of up to $2,500,000 in aggregate net asset value of shares of our common stock to certain existing and future employees of the Investment Advisor at a price per share equal to the greater of $15.00 or our most recently determined net asset value per share at the time of sale. Pursuant to this authorization, on April 1, 2006 we issued and sold to certain employees of the Investment Advisor in a private placement 54,000 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $810,000. Also pursuant to this authorization, on February 1 and March 1, 2007, the Company issued and sold to certain employees of the Advisor in private placements a total of approximately 90,200 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $1,353,000.

On August 10, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance and sale from time to time of an unlimited number of shares of the Company’s common stock to the Investment Advisor at a price per share equal to the Company’s most recently determined net asset value per share at the time of sale, such shares to be used by the Advisor for employee compensation and other purposes. Pursuant to this authorization, on January 2, 2007, the Company issued and sold to the Advisor in a private placement 52,956 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $790,665. Also pursuant to this authorization, on February 26, 2007, the Company issued and sold to the Advisor in a private placement approximately 133,333 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $2,000,000.

At December 31, 2006, the Investment Advisor beneficially owned indirectly approximately 775,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, representing approximately 2.1% of the total shares outstanding. At December 31, 2006, other entities affiliated with the Administrator and PFPC beneficially owned indirectly approximately 2,475,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, representing approximately 6.6% of the total shares outstanding. These percentages of shares outstanding did not change appreciably from December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, an entity affiliated with the Administrator and PFPC owned 36.5% of the members’ interests of the Investment Advisor.

On September 29, 2006, BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) announced that they had completed the plan entered into February 15, 2006 to merge Merrill Lynch’s investment management business, Merrill Lynch Investment Managers (“MLIM”), and BlackRock to create a new independent asset management company with over $1 trillion in assets under management. The new company operates under the BlackRock name and is governed by a board of directors with a majority of independent members. As a result of the transaction, Merrill Lynch owns approximately 49% of the combined company (with a 45% voting interest therein). PNC retained approximately a 34% ownership of the combined company, and the remainder is held by employees and public stockholders. Prior to September 29, 2006, BlackRock was majority owned by PNC.

The Company earned $335,362 in interest income on investments in money market securities issued by MLIM or its former affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $337,180 for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005. The Company held $26,750,000 in money market securities issued by MLIM or its former affiliates at December 31, 2005, representing approximately 5.1% of the Company’s net assets. No MLIM-affiliated investments were held by the Company at December 31, 2006. From time to time, former affiliates of MLIM may serve as broker/dealer or agent for the Company or for portfolio companies in which the Company invests. For the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2006, the Company did not make any payments to former MLIM affiliates for such services.

4. Organizational expenses and offering costs

A portion of the proceeds of the Offering was used to pay organizational expenses and offering costs of $57,056 and $1,165,046, respectively, during the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005. Organizational expenses were charged to expense as incurred. Offering costs have been charged against paid-in capital in excess of par.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

5. Earnings per share

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share (earnings per share) resulting from operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2006
   July 25, 2005*
through
December 31,
2005

Numerator for basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share:

   $ 41,554,656    $ 6,444,368

Denominator for basic and diluted weighted average shares:

     36,632,218      35,366,589

Basic/diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations:

   $ 1.13    $ 0.18

* Inception of operations.

Diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations equals basic net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for the period because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding during the above periods.

6. Purchases and sales/repayments of investments

Excluding short-term investments, the Company’s purchases of investments for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 totaled $745,727,828 and $144,808,218, respectively. Sales/repayments of long-term investments for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 were $138,404,643 and $1,021,610, respectively.

7. Credit agreement and borrowings

On December 6, 2006, the Company entered into a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), as administrative agent for the lenders. Under the Credit Agreement, the lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $225 million at any one time outstanding. The Credit Agreement is a four-year revolving facility (with a stated maturity date of December 6, 2010) and is secured by substantially all of the assets in the Company’s portfolio. Subject to certain exceptions, the interest rate payable under the Credit Agreement is 87.5 basis points over LIBOR. The Company has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar revolving credit facilities, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) maintaining a certain minimum stockholders’ equity, (e) maintaining a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities) to total indebtedness, of the Company and its subsidiaries, of not less than 2.0:1.0, (f) maintaining minimum liquidity, and (g) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition to the asset coverage ratio described above, borrowings under the Credit Agreement (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that will apply different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio. The Credit Agreement also includes an “accordion” feature that allows the Company to increase the size of the credit facility to a maximum of $500 million under certain circumstances. The Credit Agreement is used to supplement the Company’s equity capital to make additional portfolio investments and for other general corporate purposes.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company had $164,000,000 (at value) drawn on the revolving credit facility. The weighted average annual interest cost for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 7.39%, exclusive of 0.175% in commitment fees and of other prepaid expenses related to establishing the credit facility. At December 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding a conversion notice pursuant to which $50,000,000 of the amount drawn on the credit facility will be converted from a prime rate borrowing to a LIBOR borrowing effective as of January 2, 2007.

The average debt outstanding on the credit facility was $81,157,895 for the period that borrowings were outstanding from December 11, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The maximum amount borrowed during this period was $204,000,000. The remaining amount available under the facility was $61,000,000 at December 31, 2006.

At December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all financial and operational covenants required by the Credit Agreement.

On February 8, 2007, the Company increased commitments under the Credit Facility to $400 million by adding new lenders. Additionally, the Company increased the ability to seek additional commitments under the Credit Facility to an aggregate amount not to exceed $1 billion.

8. Commitments and contingencies

At December 31, 2005, the Company had a $10 million commitment outstanding to fund a senior secured loan. There were no such commitments outstanding at December 31, 2006.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual agreements that provide general indemnifications against losses, costs, claims and liabilities arising from the performance of individual obligations under such agreements. The Company has had no prior claims or payments pursuant to such agreements. The Company’s individual maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on management’s experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

9. Financial highlights

The following per share data and ratios have been derived from information provided in the financial statements. The following is a schedule of financial highlights for a common share outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2006 and during the period July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005.

 

    

Year ended

December 31,
2006

   

July 25, 2005*

through

December 31,
2005

 

Per Share Data:

    

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 14.95     $ —    
                

Gross proceeds from Offering

     —         15.00  

Offering costs

     —         (0.03 )
                

Net proceeds from Offering

     —         14.97  
                

Net investment income

     1.09       0.17  

Net realized and unrealized gain

     0.04       0.01  
                

Total from investment operations

     1.13       0.18  
                

Less dividend distributions to stockholders from:

    

Net investment income

     (1.14 )     (0.20 )

Net realized gains

     (0.01 )      
                

Total dividend distributions

     (1.15 )     (0.20 )
                

Net decrease in net assets

     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
                

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 14.93     $ 14.95  
                

Total return(1)(2)

     7.76%       1.00%  

Ratios / Supplemental Data:

    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

    

Before management fee waiver

     3.31%       2.64% (3)

After management fee waiver

     2.53%       1.63% (3)

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     7.21%       2.67% (3)

Net assets, end of period

   $ 561,799,922     $ 528,704,849  

Portfolio turnover(2)

     36%       2%  

(1) Total return is based on the change in net asset value per share during the period and takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. Total return is not annualized.

 

(2) Not annualized.

 

(3) Annualized.

 

 * Inception of operations.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

10. Affiliate investments

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company made investments in securities issued by companies considered to be “controlled” as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940. No such investments were made during the fiscal period ended December 31, 2005.

 

Portfolio company

  Investment   Par/shares   Percentage of
equity held
 

Affiliated income
earned during the

year ended
December 31,
2006

    Fair value at
December 31,
2006
 

Controlled investments—Majority owned:

     

Tygem Holdings, Inc.

  Preferred Stock   10,789,367   70.4%   $ —       $ 10,826,867  

Tygem Holdings, Inc.(1)

  Common Stock   3,596,456   70.4%     —         3,608,956  

Al Solutions, Inc.(2)

  Subordinated Debt   22,000,000   70.4%     20,729       22,000,000  
  16.00%, 12/29/13        

Less: Unearned Income Relating to Al Solutions, Inc. Subordinated Debt

          (998,763 )
                     

Affiliate Investment Totals

      $ 20,729 (3)   $ 35,437,060  
                     

(1) Non-income producing security.

 

(2) Tygem Holdings, Inc. owns all of the common stock of Al Solutions, Inc.

 

(3) Amount is included in interest income of the accompanying Statement of Operations.

11. Federal tax information

Dividends from net investment income and distributions from net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which may differ from those amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. These book/tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. To the extent these differences are permanent, they are charged or credited to paid-in-capital or accumulated net realized gain, as appropriate, in the period that the differences arise. The following permanent differences as of December 31, 2006, attributable to transactions involving foreign securities and other differences between financial reporting and tax accounting, were reclassified for tax purposes as follows:

 

Increase accumulated net realized gain

   $ 297,010  

Decrease distributions in excess of net investment income

   $ (297,010 )

The following reconciles net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 41,554,656  

Net unrealized appreciation not taxable

     (1,183,036 )

Post-October 31, 2006 foreign currency losses

     524,730  

Section 1256 foreign currency contracts mark-to-market

     (475,204 )

Origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees currently taxable, deferred for book purposes

     3,011,353  

Expenses currently deductible

     (4,117 )
        

Taxable income before deductions for distributions

   $ 43,428,382  
        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2006, the cost of investments for tax purposes was $755,915,502, resulting in net unrealized appreciation of $2,299,910, which was comprised of gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation of $4,173,835 and $1,873,925, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the cost of investments for tax purposes was $251,072,023, resulting in net unrealized appreciation of $252,276, which was comprised of gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation of $514,853 and $262,577, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the components of accumulated losses on a tax basis and reconciliation to accumulated losses on a book basis were as follows:

 

Undistributed ordinary income—net

   $ 1,000,495  

Undistributed net realized gains

     104,929  

Unrealized gains—net

     1,423,274  

Section 1256 foreign currency contracts mark-to-market

     475,204  

Origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees currently taxable, deferred for book purposes

     (3,899,302 )

Post-October foreign currency losses

     (524,730 )

Expenses not currently deductible

     (51,350 )
        

Total accumulated losses—net, book basis

   $ (1,471,480 )
        

The difference between book-basis unrealized gains and tax-basis unrealized losses is attributable to the book deferral of origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees. Expenses not currently deductible are a book/tax temporary difference attributable to certain organizational expenses.

For income tax purposes, distributions paid to stockholders are reported as ordinary income, non-taxable, capital gains, or a combination thereof. The estimated tax character of distributions paid or declared during the year ended December 31, 2006 and during the period from July 25, 2005 (inception of operations) through December 31, 2005 was as follows:

 

Fiscal year/

period ended

  

Ordinary

income

   Amount
per
share*
  

Long-term

capital gain

   Amount
per
share*
  

Total

distributions

   Total
amount per
share*

December 31, 2006

   $ 42,382,231    $ 1.15    $ 14,957    $ 0.00    $ 42,397,188    $ 1.15

December 31, 2005

   $ 7,073,318    $ 0.20      —        —      $ 7,073,318    $ 0.20

* Rounded to the nearest $0.01.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LOGO

Common shares

Preliminary Prospectus

 

 

 

Subject to completion, dated April     , 2007

Through and including                         , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.


Table of Contents

Part C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial statements and exhibits

 

1.    Financial Statements
  

See the Index to Financial Statements on page F-1.

2.    Exhibits
(a)(1)    Certificate of Incorporation.(3)
(a)(2)    Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.(7)
(b)    By-Laws.(3)
(d)    Form of Specimen Certificate.(4)
(e)    Dividend Reinvestment Plan.(4)
(g)    Investment Management Agreement.(4)
(h)    Form of Underwriting Agreement.(2)
(j)(1)    Custody Agreement.(4)
(j)(2)    Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement.(2)
(k)(1)    Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement.(4)
(k)(2)    Form of Administration Agreement.(4)
(k)(3)    Form of Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement.(4)
(k)(4)    Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.(5)
(k)(5)    Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.(6)
(l)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company.(2)
(n)(1)    Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.(1)
(n)(2)    Opinion of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Regarding “Senior Securities” Table.(8)
(r)    Code of Ethics of the Company.(4)

(1) Filed herewith.

 

(2) To be filed by amendment.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-12G/A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2005.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 31, 2005.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2006.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2007.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2007.

 

(8) Previously filed.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 26. Marketing arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Reference is also made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant’s shares of common stock to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

Item 27. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 46

NASDAQ listing fee

     *

Printing (other than certificates)

     *

Engraving and printing certificates

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

NASD fee

     *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *
      

Total

   $ *
      

* to be filed by amendment

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Registrant.

Item 28. Persons controlled by or under common control with the registrant

The following list sets forth each of the companies considered to be “controlled” by us as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

     % of
Voting
Securities
owned
 

Tygem Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)

   70.4 %

Item 29. Number of holders of shares

As of December 31, 2006:

 

Title of Class    Number of Record Holders

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

   397

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of shares” is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims—made basis of up to $ million.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 31. Business and other connections of investment advisor

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Advisor, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Advisor, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “The Advisor.” Additional information regarding the Advisor and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 000-51327), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of accounts and records

The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Kelso Capital Advisors LLC, 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022 and at the offices of the Registrant’s Custodian and Transfer Agent, PFPC Trust Company, 8800 Tinicum Boulevard, 3rd Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19153 and 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, respectively.

Item 33. Management services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its common stock until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

(2) Not applicable.

(3) Not applicable.

(4) Not applicable.

(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(6) Not applicable.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 13th day of April, 2007.

 

By:  

/S/    JAMES R. MAHER

  Name: James R. Maher
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment no. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 13th day of April, 2007.

 

Name

 

Title

/S/    JAMES R. MAHER

James R. Maher

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    FRANK D. GORDON

Frank D. Gordon

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Jerrold B. Harris

 

Director

*

William E. Mayer

 

Director

*

François de Saint Phalle

 

Director

*

Maureen K. Usifer

 

Director

 

* Signed by James R. Maher on behalf of those identified pursuant to his designation as an attorney-in-fact signed by each on March 2, 2007.


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

(a)(1)    Certificate of Incorporation.(3)
(a)(2)    Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.(7)
(b)    By-Laws.(3)
(d)    Form of Specimen Certificate.(4)
(e)    Dividend Reinvestment Plan.(4)
(g)    Investment Management Agreement.(4)
(h)    Form of Underwriting Agreement.(2)
(j)(1)    Custody Agreement.(4)
(j)(2)    Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement.(2)
(k)(1)    Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement.(4)
(k)(2)    Form of Administration Agreement.(4)
(k)(3)    Form of Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement.(4)
(k)(4)    Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.(5)
(k)(5)    Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement.(6)
(l)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company.(2)
(n)(1)    Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.(1)
(n)(2)    Opinion of Independent Registered Accounting Firm Regarding “Senior Securities” Table.(8)
(r)    Code of Ethics of the Company.(4)

(1) Filed herewith.

 

(2) To be filed by amendment.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-12G/A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2005.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to our Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 31, 2005.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2006.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2007.

 

(7) Incorporated by reference to our Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2007.

 

(8) Previously filed.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent

Exhibit (n)(1)

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement number 333-141090 on Form N-2 of our report dated March 6, 2007, relating to the financial statements of BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the references to us under the headings “Senior Securities”, “Selected Financial Data” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

April 13, 2007